WO2006134989A1 - Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound - Google Patents

Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006134989A1
WO2006134989A1 PCT/JP2006/311997 JP2006311997W WO2006134989A1 WO 2006134989 A1 WO2006134989 A1 WO 2006134989A1 JP 2006311997 W JP2006311997 W JP 2006311997W WO 2006134989 A1 WO2006134989 A1 WO 2006134989A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
nitrogen
acceptable salt
mmol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/311997
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Chikara Murakata
Nobuyoshi Amishiro
Yoshinori Yamashita
Hisashi Tagaya
Original Assignee
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. filed Critical Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.
Publication of WO2006134989A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006134989A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Fibroblast growth factor receptor is a receptor protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) that is dimerized by the binding of its ligand, FGF (Fibroblast growth factor). It is an enzyme that activates and phosphorylates various proteins that are intracellular substrates, and is involved in cell growth and differentiation.
  • FGF Fibroblast growth factor receptor
  • FGFR 3 gene overexpression has occurred in about 25% of multiple myeloma due to chromosomal translocation, as a result of studies in patient specimens [Blood, 92, 3025 (1998)].
  • FG F expression is high in the bone marrow of patients with multiple myeloma, and activation of FGFR signal is considered to occur in multiple myeloma cells expressing FGFR3 [Blood, 101 ⁇ ] 2775 (2003)].
  • FGFR3 active mutations are known in multiple myeloma cell lines and patient specimens.
  • FGF or FGFR overexpression and active mutations may cause many cancers other than multiple myeloma (eg, pituitary tumors, myeloproliferative diseases, renal cancers).
  • Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor VFG
  • AKT 3-phosphomositide-aependent protein kinase-1
  • PDK_1 3-phosphomositide-aependent protein kinase-1
  • p70S6K p70 nbosomai S6 kinase
  • Patent Document 3 A phthalimide derivative having an inhibitory activity is known (see Patent Document 3).
  • Patent Document 1 German Patent Application Publication No. 2141063
  • Patent Document 2 International Publication No. 04/108672 Pamphlet
  • Patent Document 3 International Publication No. 05/039564 Pamphlet
  • Non-Patent Document 1 “Heterocycles”, 1997, 45th, p.2217
  • Non-Patent Document 2 “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters”, 2004 , 14th, .4505
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention relates to the following (1) to (26).
  • Ar 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group
  • R 2 is halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (provided that substituted or unsubstituted aryl is 2 Except for lower alkenyl substituted at the position and lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl Alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
  • R llb (wherein R lla and R llb have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively),
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyan carboxyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl.
  • R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (however, the lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl and the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted at the 2-position) (1) to (4) which are substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynole, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (however, a lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl and a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group 2
  • R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -OR 12 (wherein R 12 is Or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of the above (1) to (7) or -NR 14 14b (wherein R 14a and R 14b are each as defined above) or -NR 14 14b Its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
  • a protein kinase inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
  • An antitumor agent comprising, as an active ingredient, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
  • a therapeutic agent for hematopoietic tumor comprising as an active ingredient the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
  • a therapeutic agent for leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma comprising as an active ingredient the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
  • a protein kinase comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above. Inhibition method.
  • a fibroblast growth factor receptor comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above. (FGFR) inhibition method.
  • a method for treating a tumor comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
  • a method for treating a hematopoietic tumor comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to (1) to (10) above.
  • the present invention provides a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • compound (I) the compound represented by the formula (I) is referred to as compound (I).
  • compound (I) the compound represented by the formula (I).
  • the halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • Examples of the lower alkyl part of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and lower alkylsulfonyl include linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, Methylol, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropylene, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n_pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n_ Examples include decyl.
  • cycloalkyl examples include cycloalkyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, noradamantyl, Adamantyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octinole, bicyclo [3.3.0] octyl, bicyclo [3.3.1] nonyl and the like.
  • Lower alkenyl includes, for example, linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, vinyl, aryl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 3 -Butyl, 2_pentenyl, 4_pentenyl, 2_hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-decenyl, 9 -Decenyl etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of (V) lower alkynyl include linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-bucher, 3- Examples include butcher, 4-pentur, 1-hexul, 5-hexul, 9_decynyl.
  • Examples of the lower alkanol include linear or branched lower alkanoyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more specifically, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, norellinore, and isovaleryl. , Pivalol, hexanol, heptanol, octanoyl and the like.
  • the alkylene part of the aralkyl has the same meaning as that obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the lower alkyl (ii).
  • Examples of the aryl moiety of aryl, aryloid, arylsulfonyl, and aralkyl include, for example, monocyclic or condensed aryl having two or more condensed rings, and more specifically, Examples include aryl having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, anthranyl and the like.
  • the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group includes, for example, a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom. More specifically, monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups having 5 or 6 ring atoms, such as furyl, chenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinole, Examples include pyrajur, pyrimigenole, pyridazinyl, triazinyl and the like.
  • Examples of the (X) heterocyclic group include an aromatic heterocyclic group and an alicyclic heterocyclic group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group includes, for example, the monocyclic and the condensed aromatic heterocyclic groups in which two or more rings are condensed as shown in (ix) above, and the aromatic heterocyclic group
  • the type and number of heteroatoms contained in is not particularly limited.
  • the heteroatom may contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom.
  • Is an aromatic heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms such as furyl, chenyl, pyrrolinole, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolinole, thiazolyl, pyridinole, pyrajur, pyrimidinole, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, India Examples include ryl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzocenyl, benzoxazolinole, benzothiazolyl, quinolinole, isoquinolyl, phthalajuryl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, coumarinyl and the like.
  • alicyclic heterocyclic group examples include monocyclic or condensed alicyclic heterocyclic groups in which two or more rings are condensed, and heteroatoms contained in the alicyclic heterocyclic group There are no particular restrictions on the type and number of atoms, but it may contain, for example, two or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms.
  • Alicyclic heterocyclic groups having a power of 3 ⁇ 4 to 14 such as pyrrolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidyl, azepanyl, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, piperazuryl, homopiperadulyl, monolepholinol, thiomorpholinyl, virazolinyl, oxazolinyl, dixolanil Lahydrobiranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetra Mud quinoxalinium Li sulfonyl, O Kuta hydroxy glue Honoré, dihydroindolyl, isoindolinyl, and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom is, for example, a 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic group may contain other nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom), at least one bicyclic or tricyclic condensed 3- to 8-membered ring
  • a condensed alicyclic heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom the condensed alicyclic heterocyclic group may contain other nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom
  • monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic groups or condensed alicyclic heterocyclic groups having a ring atomic force of 3 ⁇ 4 to 14 such as pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, piperazil, monoreforino, thiomorpholino, homopiperidino, Homo piperazil, tetrahydropyridinole, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroiso Noryl, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl moieties in heteroaroyl include, for example, furyl, chenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolinole, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolinole, thiazo]; nore, pi]; dinole, pyrazinole, pi]; , Pi]; Daj ⁇ Nore, ⁇ ]; Coumarinyl etc. are mentioned.
  • Substituents in substituted lower alkyl, substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted lower alkenyl, substituted lower alkynyl, substituted lower alkoxy force ruponyl and substituted lower alkanoyl are the same or different. For example, the number of substitutions 1 to 3,
  • substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl
  • substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogen of 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl (in the substituted lower alkyl Examples of the substituent include halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, and lower alkoxy having a substituent number.
  • substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, etc.),
  • (Xiii-k) substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower Alkylsulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl
  • substituents in the substituted lower alkyl include, for example, halogen, hydroxy, cyan substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents (the substituted lower alkoxy And the like.
  • substituents examples include a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy and the like.]
  • a substituted or unsubstituted aryl includes, for example, 1 to 3, halogen, hydroxy, shea lower alkyl, low
  • a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl substituted with alkyl, lower alkoxy, etc.) Etc.) ⁇ ,
  • R 17a and R are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituted lower Examples of the substituent in the alkyl include halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, strong rubamoyl, lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (the substituent in the substituted lower alkoxy includes, for example, 1 substituent.
  • substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted Lower alkyl (the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl is For example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy and the like), mono- or di-lower alkylamido heterocyclic groups and the like], substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (the substituted cycloalkyl).
  • substituent in the above include, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino-substituted hydroxy and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (the substituent in the substituted aralkyl includes, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents).
  • substituted or unsubstituted aryl [substituents in the substituted aryl include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, amino-substituted hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower aryl, etc.
  • Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, etc.
  • an unsubstituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, a hydroxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl (as a substituent in the substituted lower alkyl).
  • R 18a and R 18b are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [as the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl,
  • a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino hydroxy, carboxy, rubamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc.
  • Lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (substituents in the substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc.), mono- or di-lower alkyl amino-substituted hetero
  • a substituted or unsubstituted Hajime Tamaki represents a lower Arukanoiru (said adjacent nitrogen
  • the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group formed together with the atom include a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and the
  • the substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted lower alkenyl, substituted lower alkynyl, substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl and substituted lower alkanol are the above (xiii-a) to (xiii- In addition to m), (xiii-n) substituted or unsubstituted aryl may be used (substituents in the substituted aryl include, for example, carboxy having 1 to 3 substituents, lower alkoxycarbonyl, etc.).
  • heteroaryl moiety in heteroaroyl has the same meaning as in the above (xii).
  • the lower alkyl part of the mono- or di-lower alkylamino is as defined in the above (i), and the two lower alkyl parts of di-lower alkylamino may be the same or different.
  • substituted or unsubstituted aryl [substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl includes, for example, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, lower anorecaninole, lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents.
  • n 2 or 3
  • the two terminal oxygen atoms are on the same carbon atom on the heterocyclic group formed together with the heterocyclic group or the adjacent nitrogen atom. Join
  • halogen has the same meaning as in the above (i)
  • the lower alkyl part of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl and lower alkylsulfonyl has the same meaning as in the above (ii).
  • Cycloalkyl is as defined in (iii) above, lower alkenyl is as defined above (iv), lower alkynyl is as defined above (V), and lower alkanoyl is as defined above (vi).
  • the alkylene part of aralkyl has the same meaning as (vii) above, and the aryl part of aryl, arylsulfonyl, aralkyl and aroyl has the same meaning as (viii) above.
  • Heterocyclic group said (X) The heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom is as defined above (xi), and the heteroaryl moiety in the heteroaroyl is as defined above (xii).
  • Examples of the pharmacologically acceptable salt of Compound (I) include pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, amino acid addition salts, and the like.
  • Acid addition salts include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, kenate, lactate, aspartate, Examples include organic acid salts such as glutamate, and metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salts and calcium salts, aluminum salts, and zinc salts.
  • Ammonium salts include salts such as ammonium and tetramethylammonium
  • organic amine addition salts include addition salts such as morpholine and piperidine
  • amino acid addition salts include lysine, glycine, and phenol. Addition salts such as lualanin are listed.
  • Protein kinases that are targets of protein kinase inhibitors containing the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient include, for example, fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR), Aurora, Humus-like tyrosin kinase 3 (Flt-3), Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), Seekit (c-Kit), Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGFR), and the like.
  • FGFR fibroblast growth factor receptor
  • Flt-3 Humus-like tyrosin kinase 3
  • VEGFR Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor
  • c-Kit Seekit
  • PDGFR Platelet-derived growth factor
  • cancers to be used as antitumor agents containing the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient include cancers caused by hematopoietic tumors, breast cancer, uterus Body cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, biliary tract cancer, large intestine cancer, rectal cancer, knee cancer, lung cancer, head and neck cancer, osteosarcoma, melanoma, cancer caused by brain tumor Etc.
  • a hematopoietic tumor refers to a tumor in, for example, blood cells, and specific pathological conditions include leukemia such as chronic myelogenous leukemia and acute myeloid leukemia, myeloma such as multiple myeloma, and lymphoma. It is done.
  • Compound (I) can be produced, for example, according to the following reaction steps.
  • Compound (IA) can be prepared by known methods [for example, the journal 'Ob' American 'Chemical' Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), 78 ⁇ , ⁇ ⁇ 1631 (1956); HETEROCYC LES), 45 ⁇ , P.2217 (1997)] and can be produced by the following process from the compound (AA) obtained.
  • Y 1 is a hydrogen atom or M ⁇ R) (wherein M 1 represents a tin atom, a boron atom or a key atom, and R A represents halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl Or a force representing aryloxy, or two R A together may form an alkylenedioxy such as 2,2,3,3-tetramethylethylenedioxy, etc.
  • p is 2 or 3
  • Z 1 represents each atom of chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • X, R 2 , R 3 and Ar 1 are as defined above.
  • Compound (IA) comprises compound (AA) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound (AB) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalent of a transition metal catalyst in a solvent at a temperature of -50 to 200 ° C. It is possible to synthesize by reacting from 100 minutes to 100 minutes. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to promote the reaction.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran (THF), 1,4-dioxane, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylformamide (DMF), ⁇ -methylpyrrolidone ( I), water and the like, and these may be used alone or in combination.
  • transition metal catalysts include palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, etc.
  • palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, etc.
  • nickel catalyst such as nickel chloride, nickel acetyl cetate, bis (1,5-cyclooctagen) nickel, nickel bromide.
  • additives include triphenylphosphine, tri (0-tolyl) phosphine, 1,1, _bis (diphenylphosphino) phenol, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane. 2,2, _bis (diphenylphosphino) _1,1'-binaphthyl, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) ethane, silver oxide, copper iodide, lithium chloride, cesium fluoride, triethylamine, Examples thereof include jetylamine, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
  • Compound (IA) can also be produced by reacting compound (AD) and compound (AE) obtained by reacting compound (AA) and compound (AC).
  • Z 2 has the same meaning as Z 1 , q and r are the same or different and represent 1 or 2, and X, ZR 2 , R 3 , R A , p, M 1 and Ar 1 are Is synonymous with
  • Compound (AD) comprises compound (AA) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound (AC) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalents of palladium catalyst in a solvent at a temperature between -50 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes. To 100 hours reaction Can be synthesized. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
  • the solvent for example, the same ones as mentioned in Production Method 1 can be used.
  • Compound (AD) can also be produced by a known method [eg, Journal of Organic Chemistry (J. Org. Chem.), 67 ⁇ , p.4968 (2002); Metallic 'chemistry (J. Organomet. Chem.), 624 ⁇ , ⁇ ⁇ 372 (2001)].
  • Compound ( ⁇ ) comprises compound (AD) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound ( ⁇ ) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalent of palladium catalyst in a solvent at a temperature between -50 and 200 ° C. It can be synthesized by reacting from 100 minutes to 100 minutes. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
  • the solvent for example, the same ones as mentioned in Production Method 1 can be used.
  • the compound (la) having a specific functional group in the R, R 3b and Ar lb moieties is obtained in the R 2a , R 3a and ⁇ parts obtained according to the production method or production method 2.
  • the compound (AF) having another functional group can also be produced by the following steps.
  • Ar la is a force that is an aryl substituted with at least one carboxy or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with at least one carboxy, or R 2a and R 3a at least one is a carboxyl, Ar lb at least one - CONR 19a R 19b (wherein, R 19a and R 19b are the same meanings as defined above, respectively) Ariru substituted with, or at least one _CONR 19a R 19b ( In which R 19a and R 19b are each as defined above, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is —CONR 8a R 8b (formula R 8a and R 8b are as defined above) or _CONR 13a R 13b (wherein R 13a and R 13 are as defined above)]
  • Compound (la) is compound (AF) in a solvent in the presence of a condensing agent and an activator, and HNR 19a R 19b (wherein R 19a and R 19b are as defined above), HNR 8a R 8b ( Wherein R 8a and R 8b are as defined above) or HNR 13a R 13b (wherein R 13a and R 1 are as defined above) (Ila) , (Lib) or (lie) can be synthesized.
  • Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, DMF,
  • NMP etc. are mentioned, These can be used individually or in mixture.
  • condensing agent for example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3_dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDCI) and its hydrochloride, polymer bound-1-ethyl-3
  • Examples of the activator include 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), N-hydroxysuccinimide and the like.
  • the compound (AF) is preferably used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents of the condensing agent, activator, compound (Ila), (lib) and (lie).
  • the reaction is usually carried out at temperatures between -20 and 80 ° C and is completed in 30 minutes to 48 hours.
  • Ar la is an aryl or at least one formyl substituted with at least one formyl. At least one formyl-substituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group ⁇ or at least one of R and R 3a is formyl, Ar lb is at least one --CH NR 17a R 17b (wherein , R 17a and R 17b are each as defined above) or substituted with at least one —CH NR 17a R 17b (wherein R 17a and R are each as defined above) or a monocyclic Kaoru aromatic heterocyclic group, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b - (wherein, R 17 a and R 17b have the same meanings as defined above) CH NR 17a R is]
  • Compound (la) is obtained by reacting compound (AF) with a compound (lid) represented by HNR 17a R (wherein R 17a and R 17b are as defined above) in the presence of a reducing agent in a solvent. It is possible to synthesize by S. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an appropriate additive can be added to accelerate the reaction.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, acetic acid and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
  • Examples of the reducing agent include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, pyridine-borane and the like.
  • Examples of the additive include acetic acid, molecular sieves, magnesium sulfate and the like.
  • the reducing agent and the compound (lid) are preferably used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents with respect to the compound (AF).
  • the reaction is usually carried out at a temperature between -20 and 80 ° C and is completed in 30 minutes to 100 hours.
  • M 2 represents tin, zinc, boron, silicon, anorium, zirconium, copper or mercury atoms
  • a transition metal catalyst in the solvent, between -50 and 200 ° C. It can be synthesized by reacting at a temperature of 5 minutes to 80 hours. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
  • transition metal catalysts include palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, nickel chloride, Examples include nickel catecholacetonate, nickel catalyst such as bis (1,5-cyclooctagen) nickel and nickel bromide.
  • palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, nickel chloride
  • nickel catecholacetonate nickel catalyst such as bis (1,5-cyclooctagen) nickel and nickel bromide.
  • Examples of the additive include triphenylphosphine, tri (0-tolyl) phosphine, 1,1, _bis (diphenylphosphino) phenol, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane 2,2, _bis (diphenylphosphino) _1,1'-binaphthyl, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) ethane, silver oxide, copper iodide, lithium chloride, cesium fluoride, triethino Reamine, jetylamine, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc. Can be used alone or mixed.
  • Compound (la) is compound (AF) in a solvent, in the presence of a base, and f COX 1 (wherein X 1 represents each atom of chlorine, fluorine and iodine, and R G is as defined above) or It can be synthesized by reacting with the compound (III) represented by (R 0) 0 (wherein R is as defined above).
  • Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, DMF,
  • NMP etc. are mentioned, These can be used individually or in mixture.
  • Examples of the base include DMAP, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydride and the like.
  • Ar la is an aryl substituted with at least one hydroxy or At least one of the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups substituted with at least one hydroxy, or at least one of R 2a and R 3a is hydroxy
  • Ar lb is at least one -OR D (where R D represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl) or an aryl substituted with at least one _OR D (wherein RD is as defined above).
  • R D represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl
  • R D represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl
  • RD is as defined above
  • a cyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is —OR D (where is the same as defined above)]
  • Compound (la) is, in a solvent a compound (AF), the presence a condensing agent, H_ ⁇ _R D (wherein, the above and is synonymous) is synthesized by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) be able to.
  • Examples of the solvent include THF, ether, toluene and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
  • trivalent phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine and tributylphosphine and azo compounds such as azodicarboxylate jetyl (DEAD) and 1,1- (azodivinylvinyl) dipiperidin are used.
  • DEAD azodicarboxylate jetyl
  • 1,1- (azodivinylvinyl) dipiperidin 1,1- (azodivinylvinyl) dipiperidin
  • Compound (IV) and the condensing agent are each used in an amount of 1 equivalent or more, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents, relative to compound (AF).
  • the reaction is usually performed at ⁇ 20 to 80 ° C., preferably 0 to 30 ° C., and is completed in 5 minutes to 48 hours.
  • Conversion of the functional group contained in the substituent of the compound (I) and the raw material compound may be performed by other known methods in addition to the above-mentioned steps (for example, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, RC Larock, (1989)].
  • Compound (I) is compound (AH), (AI), (AJ), (AK), (AL), (AM), (AN), (AO), (A) obtained by steps 9-16 shown below. From (AP) and (AQ), it can also be produced by a method according to production method 1 or production method 2.
  • Compound (AH) can be prepared by a known method [for example, Tetrahedron Letters, 23, 371 (1982); Journal “Ob” Chemical “Society One” Perkin “Transaction I ( Journal of Chemical Society Parkin Transaction 1), 19 ⁇ , 2755 (199 9)], compound (AG) obtained in accordance with 1-30 equivalents of an imidizing reagent in a solvent or without a solvent. It is possible to synthesize by reacting at temperatures between ⁇ 250 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water, acetic acid and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
  • imidizing reagent examples include ammonia, ammonium salts such as ammonium carbonate and ammonium acetate, urea, hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) and the like.
  • Compound (AJ) can be synthesized by reacting compound (AI) with 1 to 30 equivalents of a reducing agent in a solvent at a temperature between ⁇ 90 to 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to 100 hours. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to promote the reaction.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4_dioxane, DMF, NMP, sodium acetate-hydrochloric acid, acetic acid-sodium acetate, citrate-hydrogen phosphate.
  • Examples include various buffer solutions such as disodium, and these can be used alone or in combination.
  • Examples of the reducing agent include diisobutylaluminum hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, lithium borohydride, sodium trimethoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride and the like.
  • Examples of the additive include trifluoroborane'-jetyl ether complex, titanium tetrachloride, methanesulfonic acid, disodium-cobalt and the like.
  • Compound (AK) can be synthesized by reducing compound (AI) from 1 to 30 equivalents of borane or borane compound in a solvent at a temperature of -90 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can do.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF NMP, water and the like, and these may be used alone or in combination. it can.
  • borane compound examples include borane 'THF complex, borane' dimethylsulfide complex, diborane and the like.
  • Compound (AK) is obtained by reacting Compound (AJ) obtained in Step 10 in 1 to 30 equivalents of hydrosilane compound and a solvent at a temperature of _90 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. Therefore, it is possible to synthesize. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive is added to accelerate the reaction.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, formonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
  • hydrosilane compound examples include triethylsilane and trichlorosilane.
  • Examples of the additive include trifluoroborane 'jetyl ether complex, titanium tetrachloride and the like.
  • Compound (AL) is compound (AJ) obtained in step 10 in the presence of an acid in an amount of 1 equivalent to a solvent amount of R E OH (wherein R E is as defined above) in a solvent or without solvent. It can also be synthesized by reacting at a temperature between -90 and 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours.
  • Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination. .
  • the acid examples include concentrated hydrochloric acid, concentrated sulfuric acid, DL-10-camphorsulfonic acid, P-toluenesulfonic acid, sodium chloride aluminum, boron trifluoride and the like.
  • Compound (AO) can be synthesized by stepwise halogenation of compound (AM) as shown in Steps 14 and 15.
  • Compound (AN) can be synthesized by monohalogenating compound (AM). That is, compound (AN) can be synthesized by reacting compound (AM) with 1 equivalent of halogen reagent in a solvent at a temperature between -50 ° C and 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. At this time, an additive of 0.01 to 30 equivalents can be added to promote the reaction.
  • AM monohalogenating compound
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and the like. Or can be used in combination.
  • halogenating reagents include chlorine, hydrogen chloride gas, concentrated hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, tetra-n-butylammonium tribromide, bromine, iodine, N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), and N-brominated succinic acid.
  • NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
  • N-brominated succinic acid examples thereof include imide (NBS), N-iodinated succinimide (MS), and iodine monochloride.
  • Examples of the additive include silver sulfate, copper acetate, calcium carbonate, zinc chloride and the like.
  • Process 15 Compound (AO) is synthesized by reacting compound (AN) with a halogenating reagent different from the halogenated reagent used in Step 14 in a solvent at a temperature of _50 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. The power to do S. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to accelerate the reaction.
  • Step 14 As the solvent, the halogenating reagent and the additive, those mentioned in Step 14 can be used. However, use a halogenating reagent different from that used in Step 14.
  • the compound (AP) is the compound (A ⁇ ) synthesized in Step 15, and the literature [J. Chem. So Perkin Transaction 1], p.873 (1986)]. That is, compound (AN) is obtained by reacting a nitrite compound in a solvent to which 1 to 30 equivalents of formamide is added at a temperature between _50 and 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to 100 hours, and then adding triethylamine. Can be synthesized.
  • Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, water, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and the like. It can be used by mixing.
  • nitrite compound examples include sodium nitrite and tert-butyl nitrite.
  • Compound (AR) is a compound (AQ) obtained according to the known method Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 14 ⁇ , page 4505 (2004)]. It can be synthesized by reacting a diazonium salt obtained by reacting with a nitrous acid compound and a halogenating agent.
  • the compound (AQ) is reacted with 1 to 30 equivalents of a nitrite compound in the absence of solvent or in a solvent at a temperature between ⁇ 50 to 100 ° C. for 5 minutes with a force of 48 hours.
  • the compound (AR) is then synthesized by reacting with 1-30 equivalents of the halogenating reagent in a solvent at a temperature between -50 and 200 ° C for 5 to 48 hours. Can do.
  • solvent examples include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
  • nitrite compound examples include sodium nitrite and tert-butyl nitrite.
  • halogenating reagent examples include iodine, copper chloride, copper bromide, copper iodide and the like.
  • halogenated copper can be prepared by freezing sodium chloride, sodium bromide, etc. in an aqueous copper sulfate solution and then reducing with sodium nitrite. Can also be used.
  • a compound (I) having a desired functional group at a desired position can be obtained by appropriately combining the above methods.
  • the isolation and purification of the product in the above production method can be performed by appropriately combining methods used in ordinary organic synthesis, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, crystallization, various chromatography and the like. Further, the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without any particular purification.
  • isomers such as positional isomers, geometric isomers, tautomers or optical isomers may exist, but possible isomers and a mixture of the isomers in any ratio. Products are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the compound (I) can be purified as it is when it is obtained in the form of a salt. ) Alternatively, it may be suspended and an acid or base may be added to form a salt.
  • the compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof may exist in the form of an adduct with water or various solvents, and these adducts are also included in the present invention.
  • Me, Ac, and Boc represent methyl, acetyl, and tert-butoxycarbonyl, respectively.
  • Test Example 1 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR3) inhibitory activity
  • FGFR3 was prepared by infecting insect cells with baculovirus expressing a protein in which GST (Dartathione S-transferase) was fused to the N-terminus of the intracellular domain (448-759 amino acids) of human FGFR3.
  • GST Dynamic S-transferase
  • Piotinylated polyglutamic acid 'tyrosine peptide (Nippon Schering Co., Ltd., catalog) based on 96-well plate coated with neutroavidin (Pierce, catalog number 31000) No. 61GT0BAA) was solid-phased, blocked with 0.25% gelatin, and used as a plate for kinase reaction measurement.
  • TBS_T 10 mmol / L Tris-Cl (pH 7.5), 150 mmol / L NaCl, 0.05% Tween 20 (Bio-Rad, Catalog No. 170-653 1)
  • Europium labeled anti-phosphotyrosine antibody Perkin Elma Company Tallog No. AD0160
  • TBS-T DELFIA Enhancement Solution
  • time-resolved fluorescence Excitation wavelength 340 nm, measurement wavelength 615 nm
  • Test Example 2 Cell growth inhibitory activity against human multiple myeloma and human gastric cancer cell lines
  • the cell growth inhibition rate of the test compound against human multiple myeloma (KMS-11) and human gastric cancer cell line ( ⁇ - ⁇ ) was measured by the following method.
  • RPMI 1640 medium (Gibco, catalog number 11 875-093) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (Gibco, catalog number 10437-028) was used for the culture of each cell. used.
  • 7.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells KMS-11 cells (2.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells / mL for ⁇ - ⁇ cells) prepared in ZmL are seeded in 80 ⁇ L TC MICROWELL 96U plate (Nalgen Nunk, catalog number 163320). The cells were cultured at 37 ° C for 24 hours in a 5% carbon dioxide incubator.
  • WST-1 reagent diluted to 50% in the above medium ⁇ 4_ [3_ (4_Iodophenyl) _2_ (4_nitrophenyl) _2H_5_tetrazolio] _l, 3_benze] e disulfonate sodium salt ⁇ (Roche Diagnostics, catalog number 1644807) After incubating at 37 ° C for 2 hours, absorbance at 450 nm (control wavelength: 690 nm) was measured using a microplate spectrophotometer SPECTRA max 340PC (Molecular Device). The cell growth inhibition rate was calculated by the following formula, assuming that the value of wells cultured in the same manner after adding the solvent of the compound solution was 100%. As a blank, WST-1 was added immediately after the addition of the solvent, and the measured absorbance value was used.
  • Compound (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used as it is or in various pharmaceutical forms depending on its pharmacological action, administration purpose and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be produced by uniformly mixing an effective amount of Compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier.
  • the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are preferably in a unit dosage form suitable for oral administration or parenteral administration such as injection.
  • excipients such as lactose and mannitol
  • disintegrants such as starch
  • Lubricant IJ such as magnesium stearate
  • binders such as polyvinyl alcohol and hydroxypropyl cellulose
  • sucrose fatty acid Surfactants such as esters and sorbite fatty acid esters
  • Tablets containing 1 to 200 mg of active ingredient per tablet are preferred.
  • water physiological saline
  • olive oil vegetable oils such as peanut oil
  • solvents such as ethyl oleate and propylene glycol
  • solubilizers such as sodium benzoate, sodium salicylate, urethane, salt
  • isotonic agents such as glucose, preservatives such as phenol, talesol, P-hydroxybenzoic acid ester, chlorobutanol, and antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium pyrosulfite can be used in a conventional manner.
  • Compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof can be administered orally or parenterally as an injection, etc.
  • the effective dose and frequency of administration are the dosage form, patient age, body weight Different forces depending on symptoms, etc. Usually, it is preferable to administer 0.01-100 mg / kg per day.
  • 3-Aminophthalimide (2.00 g, 12.3 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL), N-bromosuccinimide (2.19 g, 12.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 50 minutes. The obtained solid was collected by filtration and washed with methanol to obtain 3-amino-6-bromophthalimide (2.21 g, yield 74%).
  • 3-Amino-4-iodo_6-bromophthalimide (60.0 mg, 0.164 mmol) is dissolved in jetylamine (3 mL), phenylacetylene (0.027 mL, 0.25 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium ( 9.2 mg, 0.013 mmol) and Yowi Dojin (6.2 mg, 0.033 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours under an argon atmosphere. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • 3-Amino-4-phenyl-6-bromophthalimide (30.0 mg, 0.0879 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2.4 mL) and 4-acetyl-_1_ (4-bulbenzoyl) piperazine (45.4 mg, 0.176 mmol), palladium acetate (1.6 mg, 0.0070 mmol), tri (o_tolyl) phosphine (4.3 mg, 0.014 mmol) and triethylamine (0.123 mL, 0.879 mmol) were added, and the mixture was refluxed in an argon atmosphere under reflux. Stir for hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide 80.0 mg, 0.218 mmol was dissolved in THF (5.6 mL), and phenylboric acid (80 mg, 0.65 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) paradium ( 20 mg, 0.017 mmol) and copper (I) thiophene-2-carboxylate (CuTC) (125 mg, 0.65 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 14 hours under an argon atmosphere. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • 3-Amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and tributyl (1-ethoxyvinyl) tin (0.111 mL, 0.328 mmol) and bis (triphenyl) are dissolved.
  • Add phosphine) dichloropalladium (15.3 mg, 0.0218 mmol), 70 under argon atmosphere. Stir at C for 3.5 hours.
  • 3-Amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) is dissolved in THF (5 mL) and 2- (tributylstannyl) thiophene (0.173 mL, 0.546 mmol) and bis (triphenylphosphine) are dissolved.
  • Dichloropalladium (15 mg, 0.022 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 12.5 hours under reflux in an argon atmosphere.
  • a 10% aqueous ammonium fluoride solution was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate.
  • the present invention provides a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

Abstract

A nitrogenated heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (I), a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof or others: (I) wherein X represents -C(=O)- or -CHR4- (where R4 represents a hydrogen atom or the like); R1 represents a group: (where Ar1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group); R2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group or the like; and R3 represents a hydrogen atom, -NR14aR14b (where R14a and R14b independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl group or the like) or the like.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
含窒素複素環化合物  Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、抗腫瘍活性等を有する含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩等に関する。  [0001] The present invention relates to a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター (Fibroblast growth factor receptor, FGFR)は受 容体型のタンパク質チロシンキナーゼ(PTK)であり、そのリガンドである FGF (Fibrobl ast growth factor)の結合によって二量体化されることにより活性化され、細胞内基質 であるさまざまなタンパク質をリン酸化させる酵素であり、細胞増殖や分化に関与して レ、る。 FGFRには FGFR1〜FGFR4の 4つのサブタイプが知られてレ、る [エタスパート' オピニオン'オン'セラピューテック'ターゲッッ (Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targe ts)、 6卷、 469頁(2002年)]。近年、多発性骨髄腫の約 25%で染色体転座により FGFR 3遺伝子の過剰発現が生じていることが患者検体での検討の結果明らかになつてい る [ブラッド(Blood)、 92卷、 3025頁(1998年)]。また、多発性骨髄腫患者の骨髄で FG Fの発現が高くなつており、 FGFR3を発現した多発性骨髄腫細胞では FGFRシグナル の活性化が起こっていると考えられる [ブラッド(Blood)、 101卷、 2775頁(2003年)]。 更に多発性骨髄腫の細胞株や患者検体において FGFR3の活性型変異が知られて おり、このような恒常的な活性化は細胞増殖シグナルを伝達することにより、細胞の 無限増殖を引き起こし、多発性骨髄腫の重要な原因になってレ、ると考えられる [ブラ ッド(Blood)、 97卷、 729頁(2001年)]。また、 FGFまたは FGFRの過剰発現や活性型 変異が多発性骨髄腫以外の多くの癌 (例えば、下垂体腫瘍、骨髄増殖性疾患、腎癌 [0002] Fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) is a receptor protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) that is dimerized by the binding of its ligand, FGF (Fibroblast growth factor). It is an enzyme that activates and phosphorylates various proteins that are intracellular substrates, and is involved in cell growth and differentiation. There are four subtypes of FGFR, FGFR1 to FGFR4, known as [Etaspart 'Opinion' On 'Therapeutic Targes (Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targe ts), 62002, 469 (2002)]. In recent years, FGFR 3 gene overexpression has occurred in about 25% of multiple myeloma due to chromosomal translocation, as a result of studies in patient specimens [Blood, 92, 3025 (1998)]. In addition, FG F expression is high in the bone marrow of patients with multiple myeloma, and activation of FGFR signal is considered to occur in multiple myeloma cells expressing FGFR3 [Blood, 101 、] 2775 (2003)]. In addition, FGFR3 active mutations are known in multiple myeloma cell lines and patient specimens. Such constant activation causes cell proliferation signals, thereby causing infinite proliferation of cells and multiple It is thought to be an important cause of myeloma [Blood, 97 卷, 729 (2001)]. In addition, FGF or FGFR overexpression and active mutations may cause many cancers other than multiple myeloma (eg, pituitary tumors, myeloproliferative diseases, renal cancers).
、膀胱癌、大腸癌、頭頸部癌、皮膚癌、胃癌、非ホジキンリンパ腫、脳腫瘍、乳癌、卵 巣癌等)で報告されてレ、る [エタスパート.オピニオン ·オン ·セラピューテック ·ターゲッ ッ(Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets)、 6卷、 469頁(2002年);ネイチヤー(Natu re)、 411卷、 355頁(2001年)]。従って、 FGFR阻害斉 IJは、多発性骨髄腫をはじめとし た様々な癌の治療剤として有用であると考えられる。 [0003] 3位にスチリルを有するフタルイミド誘導体力 フォトグラフィック 'トナーの材料として 知られている(特許文献 1参照)。また、 7位にスチリルを有するイソインドリノン誘導体 が知られている (非特許文献 1参照)。 , Bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, head and neck cancer, skin cancer, stomach cancer, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, brain tumor, breast cancer, egg nest cancer, etc.) [Etaspart.Opinion on Therapeutic Target ( Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets), 6, 469 (2002); Nature, 411, 355 (2001)]. Therefore, FGFR-inhibited symmetric IJ is considered useful as a therapeutic agent for various cancers including multiple myeloma. [0003] Phthalimide derivative having styryl at the 3rd position Photographic 'It is known as a toner material (see Patent Document 1). In addition, isoindolinone derivatives having styryl at the 7-position are known (see Non-Patent Document 1).
血管内皮細胞増殖因子受容体 [vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEG Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEG
FR2) /kinase insert domain rec印 tor (KDR) ]阻害活性を有するイソインドリノン誘導 体が知られている (特許文献 2、非特許文献 2参照)。 FR2) / kinase insert domain rec mark tor (KDR)] isoindolinone derivatives having inhibitory activity are known (see Patent Document 2 and Non-Patent Document 2).
[0004] AKT、 3-phosphomositide-aependent protein kinase- 1 (PDK_1)、 p70 nbosomai S6 kinase (p70S6K)及び pl60 - Rho_associated coiled_coiト containing protein kinase (R[0004] AKT, 3-phosphomositide-aependent protein kinase-1 (PDK_1), p70 nbosomai S6 kinase (p70S6K) and pl60-Rho_associated coiled_coito containing protein kinase (R
〇CK)阻害活性を有するフタルイミド誘導体が知られている(特許文献 3参照)。 特許文献 1 :独国特許出願公開第 2141063号明細書 O CK) A phthalimide derivative having an inhibitory activity is known (see Patent Document 3). Patent Document 1: German Patent Application Publication No. 2141063
特許文献 2:国際公開第 04/108672号パンフレット  Patent Document 2: International Publication No. 04/108672 Pamphlet
特許文献 3:国際公開第 05/039564号パンフレット  Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 05/039564 Pamphlet
非特許文献 1 :「ヘテロサイクルズ(HETEROCYCLES)」、 1997年、第 45卷、 p.2217 非特許文献 2 :「バイオオーガニック &メデイシナル'ケミストリ一'レターズ (Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters)」、 2004年、第 14卷、 .4505  Non-Patent Document 1: “Heterocycles”, 1997, 45th, p.2217 Non-Patent Document 2: “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters”, 2004 , 14th, .4505
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0005] 本発明の目的は、抗腫瘍活性等を有する含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学 的に許容される塩等を提供することにある。 [0005] An object of the present invention is to provide a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0006] 本発明は、以下の(1)〜(26)に関する。 [0006] The present invention relates to the following (1) to (26).
(1)式 (I)  (1) Formula (I)
[0007] [化 1] [0007] [Chemical 1]
Figure imgf000004_0001
[0008] {式中、 Xは- C(=0)_または- CHR4- (式中、 R4は水素原子、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非 置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルまたは置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルコキシを表す)を表し、
Figure imgf000004_0001
[0008] wherein X is —C (= 0) _ or —CHR 4 — (wherein R 4 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or substituted Or a non-substituted lower alkoxy)
R1は、 R 1 is
[0009] [化 2]
Figure imgf000005_0001
[0009] [Chemical 2]
Figure imgf000005_0001
[0010] (式中、 Ar1は置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香 族複素環基を表す)を表し、 [Wherein Ar 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group],
R2は、ハロゲン、ニトロ、ヒドロキシ、シァ入カルボキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニ ノレ(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリールで 2位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置 換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環基で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除 く)、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル 、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アル キルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、 置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、置換もし くは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 -OR5 [式中、 R5は置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしく は非置換の低級アルケニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非 置換のァラルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールス ルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 - CONR6aR6b (式中、 R6a及び R6bは同一または異なって水素原子、置換もしくは非置換 の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級 アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、置 換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基または置換もしくは非 置換のへテロアロイルを表す力、、または R6a及び R6bが隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつ て置換もしくは非置換の複素環基を形成する)または- SO NR7aR7b (式中、 R7a及び R7b はそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表す]、 -CONR8aR8b (式中、 R8a及び R8bは それぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)、 -NR9 9b [式中、 R9a及び R9bは同一または異 なって水素原子、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロ アルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アル キルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、 置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、置換もし くは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイルまたは _CONR1QaR1Qb ( 式中、 R1Qa及び R1Qbはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表す]または -SO NRlla R 2 is halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (provided that substituted or unsubstituted aryl is 2 Except for lower alkenyl substituted at the position and lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl Alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl , Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups, substituted or unsubstituted Roaroiru in -OR 5 [wherein, R 5 is substitution or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower Arukanoiru, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted Teloaroyl, -CONR 6a R 6b (wherein R 6a and R 6b are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyl, substituted or Unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Aroyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl, or R 6a and R 6b together with the adjacent nitrogen atom A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group) or —SO 2 NR 7a R 7b (wherein R 7a and R 7b are as defined above for R 6a and R 6b )], -CONR 8a R 8b (wherein R 8a and R 8b have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively), —NR 9 9b [wherein R 9a and R 9b are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted Lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl , Substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl or _CONR 1Qa R 1Qb (wherein R 1Qa and R 1Qb are the above-mentioned R 6a and R 6b, respectively) Synonymous with Represent)] or -SO NR lla
Rllb (式中、 Rlla及び Rllbはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表し、 R llb (wherein R lla and R llb have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively),
R3は、水素原子、ハロゲン、ニトロ、ヒドロキシ、シァ人カルボキシ、置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低 級ァルケニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の 低級アルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラ ルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、 置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 -OR12 (式中 、 R12は前記 R5と同義である)、 _CONR13aR13b (式中、 R13a及び R13bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及 び R6bと同義である)、 -NR14aR14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記 R9a及び R9bと同義 である)または- SO NR15aR15b (式中、 R15a及び R15bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義で ある)を表す }で表される含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyan carboxyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl. Substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl Substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl, -OR 12 (wherein R 12 has the same meaning as R 5 above), _CONR 13a R 13b (Wherein R 13a and R 13b have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively), -NR 14a R 14b (where R 14a and R 14b are as defined above for R 9a and R 9b ) or —SO NR 15a R 15b (where R 15a and R 15b are as defined above for R 6a and R 6b , respectively)} Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
(2)八 が _CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である) で置換されたァリールまたは- CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記と同義 である)で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である前記(1)記載の含窒素複素環化 合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 (2) Eight is _CONR 16a R 16b (wherein R 16a and R 16b are as defined above for R 6a and R 6b ) or -CONR 16a R 16b (where R 16a and R 16b are 16b is the same as defined above, and the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to (1) above, which is a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted by
(3)八 が _CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換され たァリールである前記(1)記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩。 [0012] (4) Ar1が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルで置換されたァリールまたは置換もしく は非置換の低級アルキルで置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である前記(1)記載 の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 (3) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to (1) or a pharmacologically thereof, wherein Eight is an aryl substituted with _CONR 16a R 16b (wherein R 16a and R 16b are each as defined above) Acceptable salt. [0012] (4) The above (1), wherein Ar 1 is an aryl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
(5) R2が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリール で 2位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環 基で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除く)、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニ ノレ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置 換もしくは非置換の複素環基である前記(1)〜 (4)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素 環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 (5) R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (however, the lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl and the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted at the 2-position) (1) to (4) which are substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynole, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[0013] (6) R2が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリール で 2位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環 基で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除く)または置換もしくは非置換の低級アル キニルである前記(1)〜(4)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬 理学的に許容される塩。 [0013] (6) R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (however, a lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl and a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group 2 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of the above (1) to (4), which is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl, .
(7) R2が置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の複素環基である 前記(1)〜(4)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩。 (7) R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacologically thereof according to any one of the above (1) to (4) Tolerable salt.
[0014] (8) R3が水素原子、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換 もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、 -OR12 (式中、 R12は前記 と同義である)または- NR14 14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で ある前記(1)〜(7)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩。 (8) R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -OR 12 (wherein R 12 is Or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of the above (1) to (7) or -NR 14 14b (wherein R 14a and R 14b are each as defined above) or -NR 14 14b Its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
(9) R3が- NR14aR14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)である前記(1) 〜(7)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される 塩。 (9) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of (1) to (7), wherein R 3 is -NR 14a R 14b (wherein R 14a and R 14b are as defined above) Its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
(10) R3がァミノである前記(1)〜(7)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物また はその薬理学的に許容される塩。 (10) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (7) above, wherein R 3 is amino.
[0015] (11)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する医薬。 [0015] (11) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacological thereof according to any one of the above (1) to (10) A pharmaceutical comprising a salt acceptable as an active ingredient.
(12)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有するタンパク質キナーゼ阻害剤。  (12) A protein kinase inhibitor comprising, as an active ingredient, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
(13)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター(FGFR) 阻害剤。  (13) Inhibition of fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) containing as an active ingredient the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above. Agent.
(14)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する抗腫瘍剤。  (14) An antitumor agent comprising, as an active ingredient, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
(15)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する造血器腫瘍治療剤。  (15) A therapeutic agent for hematopoietic tumor comprising as an active ingredient the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
(16)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫治療剤。  (16) A therapeutic agent for leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma comprising as an active ingredient the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
[0016] (17)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、タンパク質キナーゼの阻害方法。 [0016] (17) A protein kinase comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above. Inhibition method.
(18)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター ( FGFR)の阻害方法。 (18) A fibroblast growth factor receptor comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above. (FGFR) inhibition method.
(19)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、腫瘍の治療方法。  (19) A method for treating a tumor, comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (1) to (10) above.
(20)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、造血器腫瘍の治療方法。  (20) A method for treating a hematopoietic tumor, comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to (1) to (10) above. .
(21)前記(1)〜(10)のレ、ずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫の 治療方法。  (21) Leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma comprising the step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to (1) to (10) above. The treatment method.
[0017] (22)タンパク質キナーゼ阻害剤の製造のための、前記(1)〜(10)のいずれかに記載 の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。  [0017] (22) Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (10) for the production of a protein kinase inhibitor.
(23)繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター(FGFR)阻害剤の製造のための、前記(1)〜(1 0)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の 使用。 (23) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (10) for the production of a fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) inhibitor of use.
(24)抗腫瘍剤の製造のための、前記(1)〜(10)のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環 化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。  (24) Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (10) for the production of an antitumor agent.
(25)造血器腫瘍治療剤の製造のための、前記(1)〜(10)のいずれかに記載の含窒 素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。  (25) Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (10) for the manufacture of a hematopoietic tumor therapeutic agent.
(26)白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫治療剤の製造のための、前記(1)〜(10)のいず れかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 発明の効果  (26) Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (10) for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma . The invention's effect
[0018] 本発明により、抗腫瘍活性等を有する含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩等が提供される。  [0018] The present invention provides a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0019] 以下、式 (I)で表される化合物を化合物(I)という。他の式番号の化合物についても 同様である。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (I) is referred to as compound (I). The same applies to the compounds of other formula numbers.
式(I)の各基の定義において、  In the definition of each group of formula (I):
(i)ハロゲンとしては、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素の各原子が挙げられる。  (i) The halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
(ii)低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ、低級アルコキシカルボニル及び低級アルキルス ルホニルの低級アルキル部分としては、例えば炭素数 1〜 10の直鎖状または分枝鎖 状のアルキルが挙げられ、より具体的には、メチノレ、ェチル、 n-プロピル、イソプロピ ノレ、 n-ブチル、イソブチル、 sec-ブチル、 tert-ブチル、 n_ペンチル、ネオペンチル、 n -へキシル、 n-ヘプチル、 n-ォクチル、 n-ノニル、 n_デシル等が挙げられる。  (ii) Examples of the lower alkyl part of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and lower alkylsulfonyl include linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, Methylol, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropylene, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n_pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n_ Examples include decyl.
[0020] (iii)シクロアルキルとしては、例えば炭素数 3〜 10のシクロアルキルが挙げられ、より 具体的には、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロへキシル、シクロ ヘプチル、シクロォクチル、シクロデシル、ノルァダマンチル、ァダマンチル、ビシクロ [ 2.2.1]ヘプチル、ビシクロ [2.2.2]ォクチノレ、ビシクロ [3.3.0]ォクチル、ビシクロ [3.3.1]ノ ニル等が挙げられる。  (Iii) Examples of cycloalkyl include cycloalkyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, noradamantyl, Adamantyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octinole, bicyclo [3.3.0] octyl, bicyclo [3.3.1] nonyl and the like.
(iv)低級アルケニルとしては、例えば炭素数 2〜10の直鎖状または分枝鎖状のアル ケニルが挙げられ、より具体的にはビニル、ァリル、 1-プロぺニル、 1-ブテニル、 3-ブ テュル、 2_ペンテニル、 4_ペンテニル、 2_へキセニル、 5-へキセニル、 2 -デセニル、 9 -デセニル等が挙げられる。 (iv) Lower alkenyl includes, for example, linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, vinyl, aryl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 3 -Butyl, 2_pentenyl, 4_pentenyl, 2_hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-decenyl, 9 -Decenyl etc. are mentioned.
[0021] (V)低級アルキニルとしては、例えば炭素数 2〜10の直鎖状または分枝鎖状のアルキ ニルが挙げられ、より具体的にはェチニル、 2-プロピニル、 1-ブチェル、 3-ブチェル 、 4-ペンチュル、 1-へキシュル、 5-へキシュル、 9_デシニル等が挙げられる。  [0021] Examples of (V) lower alkynyl include linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-bucher, 3- Examples include butcher, 4-pentur, 1-hexul, 5-hexul, 9_decynyl.
(vi)低級アルカノィルとしては、例えば炭素数 1〜8の直鎖状または分枝鎖状の低級 アルカノィルが挙げられ、より具体的にはホルミル、ァセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリ ノレ、イソブチリル、ノ レリノレ、イソバレリル、ピバロィル、へキサノィル、ヘプタノィル、ォ クタノィル等が挙げられる。  (vi) Examples of the lower alkanol include linear or branched lower alkanoyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more specifically, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, norellinore, and isovaleryl. , Pivalol, hexanol, heptanol, octanoyl and the like.
(vii)ァラルキルのアルキレン部分は、前記低級アルキル (ii)から水素原子を一つ除 いたものと同義である。  (vii) The alkylene part of the aralkyl has the same meaning as that obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the lower alkyl (ii).
[0022] (viii)ァリール、ァロイノレ、ァリールスルホニル及びァラルキルのァリール部分としては 、例えば単環性または 2つ以上の環が縮合した縮環性のァリールが挙げられ、より具 体的には、環構成炭素原子数が 6から 14のァリール、例えば、フエニル、ナフチル、ィ ンデニル、アントラニル等が挙げられる。  [0022] (viii) Examples of the aryl moiety of aryl, aryloid, arylsulfonyl, and aralkyl include, for example, monocyclic or condensed aryl having two or more condensed rings, and more specifically, Examples include aryl having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, anthranyl and the like.
(ix)単環性芳香族複素環基としては、例えば窒素原子、硫黄原子及び酸素原子か らなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子をほたは 2個以上含む単環性芳香族複素環基等 が挙げられ、より具体的には、環構成原子数が 5または 6の単環性芳香族複素環基、 例えばフリル、チェニル、ピロリル、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリァゾリル、テトラゾリル 、ォキサゾリル、ォキサジァゾリル、チアゾリル、ピリジノレ、ピラジュル、ピリミジェノレ、ピ リダジニル、トリアジニル等が挙げられる。  (ix) The monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group includes, for example, a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom. More specifically, monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups having 5 or 6 ring atoms, such as furyl, chenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinole, Examples include pyrajur, pyrimigenole, pyridazinyl, triazinyl and the like.
(X)複素環基としては、例えば芳香族複素環基、脂環式複素環基等が挙げられる。  Examples of the (X) heterocyclic group include an aromatic heterocyclic group and an alicyclic heterocyclic group.
[0023] 芳香族複素環基としては、例えば前記 (ix)で示した単環性及び 2つ以上の環が縮 合した縮環性の芳香族複素環基が挙げられ、芳香族複素環基に含まれるヘテロ原 子の種類及び個数は特に限定されないが、例えば窒素原子、硫黄原子及び酸素原 子からなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を 1または 2個以上含んでいてもよぐより具体 的には、環構成原子数が 5〜14の芳香族複素環基、例えばフリル、チェニル、ピロリ ノレ、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリァゾリル、テトラゾリル、ォキサゾリル、ォキサジァゾリ ノレ、チアゾリル、ピリジノレ、ピラジュル、ピリミジェノレ、ピリダジニル、トリアジニル、インド リル、インダゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾフリル、ベンゾチェニル、ベンゾォキサ ゾリノレ、ベンゾチアゾリル、キノリノレ、イソキノリル、フタラジュル、ナフチリジニル、キノ キサリニル、キナゾリニル、シンノリニル、プリニル、クマリニル等が挙げられる。 [0023] The aromatic heterocyclic group includes, for example, the monocyclic and the condensed aromatic heterocyclic groups in which two or more rings are condensed as shown in (ix) above, and the aromatic heterocyclic group The type and number of heteroatoms contained in is not particularly limited. For example, the heteroatom may contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom. Is an aromatic heterocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms such as furyl, chenyl, pyrrolinole, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolinole, thiazolyl, pyridinole, pyrajur, pyrimidinole, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, India Examples include ryl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzocenyl, benzoxazolinole, benzothiazolyl, quinolinole, isoquinolyl, phthalajuryl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, coumarinyl and the like.
[0024] 脂環式複素環基としては、例えば単環性または 2つ以上の環が縮合した縮環性の 脂環式複素環基が挙げられ、脂環式複素環基に含まれるヘテロ原子の種類及び個 数は特に限定されないが、例えば窒素原子、硫黄原子及び酸素原子からなる群から 選ばれるヘテロ原子をほたは 2個以上含んでいてもよぐより具体的には環構成原子 数力 ¾〜14の脂環式複素環基、例えばピロリジニル、チアゾリジニル、ォキサゾリジニ ノレ、ピペリジル、ァゼパニル、 1,2 -ジヒドロピリジル、ピぺラジュル、ホモピぺラジュル、 モノレホリニノレ、チオモルホリニル、ビラゾリニル、ォキサゾリニル、ジォキソラニル、テト ラヒドロビラニル、テトラヒドロチォピラニル、テトラヒドロフリル、テトラヒドロキノリル、テト ラヒドロイソキノリル、テトラヒドロキノキサリニル、ォクタヒドロキノリノレ、ジヒドロインドリル 、イソインドリニル等が挙げられる。  Examples of the alicyclic heterocyclic group include monocyclic or condensed alicyclic heterocyclic groups in which two or more rings are condensed, and heteroatoms contained in the alicyclic heterocyclic group There are no particular restrictions on the type and number of atoms, but it may contain, for example, two or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms. More specifically, the number of ring atoms Alicyclic heterocyclic groups having a power of ¾ to 14 such as pyrrolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidyl, azepanyl, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, piperazuryl, homopiperadulyl, monolepholinol, thiomorpholinyl, virazolinyl, oxazolinyl, dixolanil Lahydrobiranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetra Mud quinoxalinium Li sulfonyl, O Kuta hydroxy glue Honoré, dihydroindolyl, isoindolinyl, and the like.
[0025] (xi)隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される複素環基としては、例えば少なくと も 1個の窒素原子を含む 5員または 6員の単環性脂環式複素環基 (該単環性脂環式 複素環基は、他の窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子を含んでいてもよい)、 3〜8 員の環が縮合した二環または三環性で少なくとも 1個の窒素原子を含む縮環性脂環 式複素環基 (該縮環性脂環式複素環基は、他の窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原 子を含んでいてもよい)等が挙げられ、より具体的には環構成原子数力 ¾〜14の単環 性脂環式複素環基または縮環性脂環式複素環基、例えばピロリジニル、ピペリジノ、 ピぺラジュル、モノレホリノ、チオモルホリノ、ホモピペリジノ、ホモピぺラジュル、テトラヒ ドロピリジノレ、テトラヒドロキノリル、テトラヒドロイソキノリル等が挙げられる。  (Xi) The heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom is, for example, a 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom. (The monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic group may contain other nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom), at least one bicyclic or tricyclic condensed 3- to 8-membered ring And a condensed alicyclic heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (the condensed alicyclic heterocyclic group may contain other nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom), etc. More specifically, monocyclic alicyclic heterocyclic groups or condensed alicyclic heterocyclic groups having a ring atomic force of ¾ to 14 such as pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, piperazil, monoreforino, thiomorpholino, homopiperidino, Homo piperazil, tetrahydropyridinole, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroiso Noryl, and the like.
(xii)ヘテロァロイルにおけるヘテロァリール部分としては、例えばフリル、チェニル、 ピロリル、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリノレ、テトラゾリル、ォキサゾリル、ォキサジ ァゾリノレ、チアゾ];ノレ、ピ];ジノレ、ピラジ二ノレ、ピ];ミジ ^ノレ、ピ];ダジ ^ノレ、卜];アジ:^ノレ、 インドリル、インダゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾフリル、ベンゾチェニル、ベンゾ ォキサゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、キノリル、イソキノリル、フタラジニル、ナフチリジニル 、キノキサリニル、キナゾリニル、シンノリ二ノレ、プリニル、クマリニル等が挙げられる。 [0026] (xiii)置換低級アルキル、置換低級アルコキシ、置換低級アルキルスルホニル、置換 シクロアルキル、置換低級アルケニル、置換低級アルキニル、置換低級アルコキシ力 ルポニル及び置換低級アルカノィルにおける置換基としては、同一または異なって、 例えば置換数 1〜3の、 (xii) Heteroaryl moieties in heteroaroyl include, for example, furyl, chenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolinole, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolinole, thiazo]; nore, pi]; dinole, pyrazinole, pi]; , Pi]; Daj ^ Nore, 卜]; Coumarinyl etc. are mentioned. (Xiii) Substituents in substituted lower alkyl, substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted lower alkenyl, substituted lower alkynyl, substituted lower alkoxy force ruponyl and substituted lower alkanoyl are the same or different. For example, the number of substitutions 1 to 3,
(xiiト a)ハロゲン、  (xii) a) halogen,
(xiii-b)ヒドロキシ、  (xiii-b) hydroxy,
(xiii-c)ォキソ、  (xiii-c) oxo,
(xiii-d)シァノ、  (xiii-d) Siano,
(xiii-e)カノレボキシ、  (xiii-e) canoleboxy,
(xiii-f)低級アルコキシカルボニル、  (xiii-f) lower alkoxycarbonyl,
(xiii-g)ァリールスルホニル、  (xiii-g) arylsulfonyl,
(xiii-h)ヘテロァロイノレ、  (xiii-h) heteroaroinole,
(xiii-i)置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換 基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルコキシ、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルキル (該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換 数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シァ入低級アルコキシ等が挙げられる)等が挙げら れる]、  (xiii-i) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [substituents in the substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogen of 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl (in the substituted lower alkyl Examples of the substituent include halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, and lower alkoxy having a substituent number.
(xiii-j)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ (該置換低級アルコキシにおける置換 基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルコキシ等が挙げられ る)、  (xiii-j) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, etc.),
[0027] (xiii-k)置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 {該置換複素環基における置換基としては 、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、ォキソ、低級アルコキシ、低級アルコキ シカルボニル、低級アルキルスルホニル、低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換の 低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3の ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シァ人置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ (該置換低級アル コキシにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げら れる)等が挙げられる]、置換もしくは非置換のァリール (該置換ァリールにおける置 換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シァ人低級アルキル、低 級アルコキシ等が挙げられる)、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 (該置換複素環基に おける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シァ入低級アル キル、低級アルコキシ等が挙げられる)等が挙げられる }、 (Xiii-k) substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, oxo, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower Alkylsulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [substituents in the substituted lower alkyl include, for example, halogen, hydroxy, cyan substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents (the substituted lower alkoxy And the like. Examples of the substituent include a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy and the like.], A substituted or unsubstituted aryl (the substituent in the substituted aryl includes, for example, 1 to 3, halogen, hydroxy, shea lower alkyl, low A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl substituted with alkyl, lower alkoxy, etc.) Etc.)},
(Xm-l) NR17aR17b{式中、 R17a及び R は、同一または異なって水素原子、低級アルコ キシカルボニル、低級アルケニル、低級アルキニル、低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換 数 1〜3のハロゲン、ァミノ、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、力ルバモイル、低級アルカノィル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ (該置換低級アルコキシにおける置換基として は、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)、低級アルコキシカル ボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換 基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルキル (該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲ ン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)等が挙げられる]、モノまたはジ低級アルキルアミ入複 素環基等が挙げられる]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル (該置換シクロアルキ ルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、アミ入ヒドロキシ等が挙 げられる)、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル (該置換ァラルキルにおける置換基とし ては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シァ入低級アルコキシ等が挙げら れる)、置換もしくは非置換のァリール [該置換ァリールにおける置換基としては、例 えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、アミ入ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル( 該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロ キシ等が挙げられる)、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 (該置換複素環基における置 換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルキル、低級アルコ キシ等が挙げられる)等が挙げられる]または置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 [該置 換複素環基における置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、アミ人ヒドロキ シ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル (該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基として は、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)または置換もしくは非 置換の複素環基 (該置換複素環基における置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハ ロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ等が挙げられる)等が挙げられる] を表す }、 ( X ml) NR 17a R 17b (wherein R 17a and R are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituted lower Examples of the substituent in the alkyl include halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, strong rubamoyl, lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (the substituent in the substituted lower alkoxy includes, for example, 1 substituent. -3 halogen, hydroxy, etc.), lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [substituents in the substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted Lower alkyl (the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl is For example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy and the like), mono- or di-lower alkylamido heterocyclic groups and the like], substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (the substituted cycloalkyl). Examples of the substituent in the above include, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino-substituted hydroxy and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (the substituent in the substituted aralkyl includes, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents). And substituted or unsubstituted aryl [substituents in the substituted aryl include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, amino-substituted hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower aryl, etc. Alkyl (substituents in the substituted lower alkyl include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc.) Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups (substituents in the substituted heterocyclic group include, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, etc.) and the like Or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group [the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group includes, for example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, a hydroxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl (as a substituent in the substituted lower alkyl). Is, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc.) or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (substituents in the substituted heterocyclic group are, for example, halogens having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, And lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, etc.) Represents},
[0029] (xm-m) CONR18aR18b{式中、 R18a及び R18bは、同一または異なって水素原子、置換も しくは非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば 置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、アミ人ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、力ルバモイル、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルコキシ (該置換低級アルコキシにおける置換基としては、例えば置 換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)、低級アルコキシカルボニル、置換 もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル (該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換基としては、例 えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)、モノまたはジ低級アルキル アミ入複素環基等が挙げられる]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル (該置換シク 口アルキルにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、アミ人ヒドロキ シ等が挙げられる)または低級アルカノィルを表す力 \または R18a及び R18bが隣接する 窒素原子と一緒になつて置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 (該隣接する窒素原子と一 緒になって形成される置換複素環基における置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3の ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ等が挙げられる)を形成する }等 が挙げられる。 [0029] (xm-m) CONR 18a R 18b (wherein R 18a and R 18b are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [as the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl, For example, a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, amino hydroxy, carboxy, rubamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc. Lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (substituents in the substituted cycloalkyl include, for example, halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, etc.), mono- or di-lower alkyl amino-substituted hetero A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl (the substituent in the substituted cycloalkyl includes, for example, the number of substitutions 1 To 3 halogen, amino people hydroxy sheet, and the like) or force \ or R 18a and R 18b are connexion such together with the adjacent nitrogen atom a substituted or unsubstituted Hajime Tamaki represents a lower Arukanoiru (said adjacent nitrogen Examples of the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group formed together with the atom include a halogen having 1 to 3 substituents, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and the like.
[0030] なお、置換低級アルコキシ、置換低級アルキルスルホニル、置換シクロアルキル、 置換低級アルケニル、置換低級アルキニル、置換低級アルコキシカルボニル及び置 換低級アルカノィルにおける置換基は、前記(xiii-a)〜(xiii-m)に加え、(xiii-n)置換 もしくは非置換のァリール (該置換ァリールにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1 〜3のカルボキシ、低級アルコキシカルボニル等が挙げられる)であってもよい。  [0030] The substituents in the substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted lower alkenyl, substituted lower alkynyl, substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl and substituted lower alkanol are the above (xiii-a) to (xiii- In addition to m), (xiii-n) substituted or unsubstituted aryl may be used (substituents in the substituted aryl include, for example, carboxy having 1 to 3 substituents, lower alkoxycarbonyl, etc.).
[0031] 置換低級アルキル、置換低級アルコキシ、置換低級アルキルスルホニル、置換シク 口アルキル、置換低級アルケニル、置換低級アルキニル、置換低級アルコキシカル ボニル及び置換低級アルカノィルにおける置換基の定義 (xiii)において、ハロゲンは 前記(i)と同義であり、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ、低級アルコキシカルボニル及 び低級アルキルスルホニルの低級アルキル部分は前記(ii)と同義であり、シクロアノレ キルは前記(iii)と同義であり、低級アルケニルは前記(iv)と同義であり、低級アルキ ニルは前記 (V)と同義であり、低級アルカノィルは前記(vi)と同義であり、ァラルキル のアルキレン部分は前記(vii)と同義であり、ァリール、ァリールスルホニル及びァラ ルキルのァリール部分は前記 (viii)と同義であり、複素環基は前記 (X)と同義であり、 隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される複素環基は前記 (xi)と同義であり、へ テロアロイルにおけるヘテロァリール部分は前記 (xii)と同義である。モノまたはジ低 級アルキルァミノの低級アルキル部分は前記(i)と同義であり、ジ低級アルキルアミノ の 2つの低級アルキル部分は同一でも異なっていてもよい。 In the definition (xiii) of the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl, substituted lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted lower alkenyl, substituted lower alkynyl, substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, and substituted lower alkanol, The same as (i) above, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl and lower alkyl moiety of lower alkylsulfonyl are as defined above (ii), cycloanol is as defined above (iii), lower Alkenyl is as defined above (iv), lower alkynyl is as defined above (V), lower alkanol is as defined above (vi), and the alkylene part of aralkyl is as defined above (vii), Aryl, sulfonylsulfonyl and aromatic The aryl moiety of rualkyl is as defined above (viii), the heterocyclic group is as defined above (X), and the heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom is as defined above (xi). And the heteroaryl moiety in heteroaroyl has the same meaning as in the above (xii). The lower alkyl part of the mono- or di-lower alkylamino is as defined in the above (i), and the two lower alkyl parts of di-lower alkylamino may be the same or different.
[0032] (xiv)置換ァリール、置換ァロイル、置換ァラルキル、置換ァリールスルホニル、置換 ヘテロァロイル、置換複素環基、置換単環性芳香族複素環基及び隣接する窒素原 子と一緒になつて形成される置換複素環基における置換基としては、同一または異 なって、例えば置換数 1〜3の、 (Xiv) formed with a substituted aryl, substituted aryl, substituted aralkyl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted heterocyclic group, substituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and an adjacent nitrogen atom As the substituents in the substituted heterocyclic group, the same or different, for example, 1 to 3 substituents,
(xiv_a)ハロゲン、  (xiv_a) halogen,
(xiv_b)ヒドロキシ、  (xiv_b) hydroxy,
(xiv_c)二卜口、  (xiv_c)
(xiv-d)シァ入 (xiv-d) Shear included
iv-e)ホノレミノレ  iv-e) Honore Minore
(xiv-f)カノレボキシ、  (xiv-f) canoreboxy,
(xiv-g)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基 は、前記(xiii)と同義である]、  (xiv-g) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl is as defined in the above (xiii)],
(xiv-h)置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換 基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、  (xiv-h) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [the substituent in the substituted cycloalkyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)],
(xiv-i)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル [該置換低級アルケニルにおける置 換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、  (xiv-i) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkenyl has the same meaning as in the above (xiii)],
(xiv_j)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル [該置換低級アルキニルにおける置 換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、  (xiv_j) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkynyl has the same meaning as in the above (xiii)],
(xiv_k)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル [該置換低級アルカノィルにおける 置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、  (xiv_k) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkanol is as defined in the above (xiii)],
[0033] (xiv-1)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニル [該置換低級アルコキシ力 ルポニルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、 [0033] (xiv-1) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkoxy group sulfonyl is as defined in the above (xiii)],
(xiv-m)置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルスルホニル [該置換低級アルキルスル ホニルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、 (xiv-m) substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl [the substituted lower alkylsulfonyl The substituent in phonyl has the same meaning as in the above (xiii)],
(xiv-n)置換もしくは非置換のァリール [該置換ァリールにおける置換基(xiv-na)と しては、例えば置換数 1〜3のハロゲン、ニトロ、ヒドロキシ、シァ入カルボキシ、低級 ァノレカノィノレ、低級アルコキシカルボニル、ァラルキル、ァロイル、置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である ]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換基は、 前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ (該置換低級アルコ キシにおける置換基としては、例えば置換数 1〜3のヒドロキシ等が挙げられる)等が 挙げられる]、  (xiv-n) substituted or unsubstituted aryl [substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl includes, for example, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, lower anorecaninole, lower alkoxy having 1 to 3 substituents. Carbonyl, aralkyl, aroyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [the substituent in the substituted cycloalkyl is And the same as (xiii) above], substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy (the substituent in the substituted lower alkoxy includes, for example, hydroxy having 1 to 3 substituents) and the like],
[0034] (xiv-o)置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル [該置換ァラルキルにおける置換基は、前 記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、  [0034] (xiv-o) substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl [the substituent in the substituted aralkyl is synonymous with the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl]
(xiv_p)置換もしくは非置換のァロイル [該置換ァロイルにおける置換基は、前記置 換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、  (xiv_p) substituted or unsubstituted aroyl [the substituent in the substituted aroyl has the same meaning as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted allyl],
(xiv-q)置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル [該置換へテロアロイルにおける置換 基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)における置換基と同義である]、 (xiv-q) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl [the substituent in the substituted heteroaroyl has the same meaning as the substituent in the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl]
(xiv-r)置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 [該置換複素環基における置換基は、前記 置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、 (xiv-r) substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group [the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group has the same meaning as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl]
[0035] (xiv-S) CONR19aR19b{式中、 R1 及び R19bは、同一または異なって水素原子、置換も しくは非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基は、前記(xiii)と 同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける 置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル [該置 換低級アルカノィルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置 換のァリール [該置換ァリールにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル [該置換ァロイルにおける置 換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非 置換の複素環基 [該置換複素環基における置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置 換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]または置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル [該置換へテ ロアロイルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義であ る]を表すか、または R19a及び R19bが隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて置換もしくは非 置換の複素環基 [該隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される置換複素環基に おける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]を表す }、 [0035] (xiv- S ) CONR 19a R 19b (wherein R 1 and R 19b are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl is (Same as (xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [substituent in the substituted cycloalkyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyl [in the substituted lower alkanol The substituent is synonymous with the above (xiii)], a substituted or unsubstituted aryl [the substituent in the substituted aryl is synonymous with the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or non-substituted A substituted aroyl [the substituent in the substituted aryl is as defined for the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group [the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group is Replacement Substituent in location substituent (xiv-na) synonymous or substituted or unsubstituted into the Teroaroiru [Te Roaroiru to the substitution in the synonymous der a substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted Ariru R 19a and R 19b are substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group together with the adjacent nitrogen atom [in the substituted heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom] The substituent is the same as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl]},
[0036] (xiv_t) OR2Q{式中、 R2Qは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキ ルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキ ノレ [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルケニル [該置換低級アルケニルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同 義である]、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル [該置換低級アルカノィルにおけ る置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルスルホ二 ノレ [該置換低級アルキルスルホニルにおける置換基は、前記(xiii)と同義である]、置 換もしくは非置換のァリール [該置換ァリールにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリール における置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル [該置換ァ ラルキルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義であ る]、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル [該置換ァロイルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァ リールにおける置換基(xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホ ニル [該置換ァリールスルホニルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換 基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 [該置換複素環基におけ る置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは 非置換のへテロアロイル [該置換へテロアロイルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリー ルにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、 -CONR21 21b (式中、 R21a及び R21bはそれ ぞれ前記 R19a及び R19bと同義である)または- SO NR22aR22b (式中、 R22a及び R22bはそれぞ [0036] (xiv_t) OR 2Q [wherein R 2Q is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkyl has the same meaning as in the above (xiii)], a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl. [The substituent in the substituted cycloalkyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl [The substituent in the substituted lower alkenyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)], substituted or An unsubstituted lower alkanol [the substituent in the substituted lower alkanol is as defined in the above (xiii)], a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonanol [the substituent in the substituted lower alkylsulfonyl is the above ( xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted aryl [substituent in the substituted aryl is synonymous with substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or unsubstituted Aralkyl [the substituent in the substituted aralkyl is synonymous with the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aralkyl], substituted or unsubstituted aroyl [the substituent in the substituted aralkyl is substituted in the substituted aralkyl The same as the group (xiv-na)], a substituted or unsubstituted arylylsulfonyl [the substituent in the substituted arylyl is the same as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or non-substituted Substituted heterocyclic group [the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group has the same meaning as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl [substituent in the substituted heteroaroyl Is the same as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], -CONR 21 21b (wherein R 21a and R 21b are the same as R 19a and R 19b , respectively) or- SO NR 22a R 22b (where R 22a and R 22b are
2  2
れ前記 R19a及び R19bと同義である)を表す }、 Which is synonymous with R 19a and R 19b )},
[0037] (xiv_U) NR23aR23b {式中、 R23a及び R23bは、同一または異なって水素原子、置換もしく は非置換の低級アルキル [該置換低級アルキルにおける置換基は、前記(xiii)と同 義である]、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル [該置換シクロアルキルにおける置 換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル [該置換 低級アルカノィルにおける置換基は、前記 (xiii)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換 の低級アルキルスルホニル [該置換低級アルキルスルホニルにおける置換基は、前 記 (xm)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のァリール [該置換ァリールにおける置換 基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置 換のァラルキル [該置換ァラルキルにおける置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置 換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル [該置換ァロイルにおけ る置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは 非置換のァリールスルホニル [該置換ァリールスルホニルにおける置換基は、前記置 換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同義である]、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基 [ 該置換複素環基における置換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv-na)と同 義である]、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル [該置換へテロアロイルにおける置 換基は、前記置換ァリールにおける置換基 (xiv_na)と同義である]または CONR24aR24 b (式中、 R24a及び R24bはそれぞれ前記 R1 及び R19bと同義である) }等が挙げられる。 置換複素環基及び隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される置換複素環基に おける置換基は前記(xiv-a)〜(xiv-u)に加え、後記(xiv_v)または(xiv_w)であって あよい。 [0037] In (xiv_ U) NR 23a R 23b { wherein, R 23a and R 23b are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent in the lower alkyl [the substituted lower alkyl is also properly unsubstituted substituted, the ( xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl [the substituted group in the substituted cycloalkyl has the same meaning as the above (xiii)], substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol [in the substituted lower alkanol The substituent is as defined in the above (xiii)], a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl [the substituent in the substituted lower alkylsulfonyl is (Same as (xm)], substituted or unsubstituted aryl [the substituent in the substituted aryl is synonymous with the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl [ The substituent in the substituted aralkyl has the same meaning as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aralkyl], a substituted or unsubstituted aroyl [the substituent in the substituted aralkyl is the substituent ( xiv-na)], substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl [substituent in the substituted arylyl is synonymous with substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], substituted or non-substituted A substituted heterocyclic group [the substituent in the substituted heterocyclic group is the same as the substituent (xiv-na) in the substituted aryl], a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl [in the substituted heteroaroyl; The substituent in this is synonymous with the substituent (xiv_na) in the substituted aryl] or CONR 24a R 24 b (wherein R 24a and R 24b are the same as R 1 and R 19b , respectively) Is mentioned. In addition to the above (xiv-a) to (xiv-u), the substituents in the substituted heterocyclic group formed together with the substituted heterocyclic group and the adjacent nitrogen atom are as described below in (xiv_v) or (xiv_w) It ’s good.
(xiv-v)ォキソ  (xiv-v) oxo
(xiv-w) -0(CR25aR25b) 0- (式中、 R25a及び R25bは、同一または異なって水素原子また (xiv-w) -0 (CR 25a R 25b ) 0- (wherein R 25a and R 25b are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom or
n  n
は低級アルキルを表し、 nは 2または 3を表し、末端の 2つの酸素原子は、複素環基ま たは隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される複素環基上の同一炭素原子上で 結合する) Represents lower alkyl, n represents 2 or 3, and the two terminal oxygen atoms are on the same carbon atom on the heterocyclic group formed together with the heterocyclic group or the adjacent nitrogen atom. Join)
置換ァリール、置換ァロイル、置換ァラルキル、置換ァリールスルホニル、置換へテ ロアロイル、置換複素環基、置換単環性芳香族複素環基及び隣接する窒素原子と 一緒になつて形成される置換複素環基における置換基の定義 (xiv)において、ハロ ゲンは前記(i)と同義であり、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ、低級アルコキシカルボ ニル及び低級アルキルスルホニルの低級アルキル部分は前記(ii)と同義であり、シク 口アルキルは前記(iii)と同義であり、低級アルケニルは前記(iv)と同義であり、低級 アルキニルは前記(V)と同義であり、低級アルカノィルは前記(vi)と同義であり、ァラ ルキルのアルキレン部分は前記(vii)と同義であり、ァリール、ァリールスルホニル、ァ ラルキル及びァロイルのァリール部分は前記 (viii)と同義であり、複素環基は前記 (X) と同義であり、隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつて形成される複素環基は前記 (xi)と同 義であり、ヘテロァロイルにおけるヘテロァリール部分は前記(xii)と同義である。 Substituted aryl, substituted aryl, substituted aralkyl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted heterocyclic group, substituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and substituted heterocyclic group formed together with adjacent nitrogen atom In the definition of the substituent in (xiv), halogen has the same meaning as in the above (i), and the lower alkyl part of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl and lower alkylsulfonyl has the same meaning as in the above (ii). Cycloalkyl is as defined in (iii) above, lower alkenyl is as defined above (iv), lower alkynyl is as defined above (V), and lower alkanoyl is as defined above (vi). The alkylene part of aralkyl has the same meaning as (vii) above, and the aryl part of aryl, arylsulfonyl, aralkyl and aroyl has the same meaning as (viii) above. , Heterocyclic group said (X) The heterocyclic group formed together with the adjacent nitrogen atom is as defined above (xi), and the heteroaryl moiety in the heteroaroyl is as defined above (xii).
[0039] 化合物(I)の薬理学的に許容される塩としては、薬理学的に許容される酸付加塩、 金属塩、アンモニゥム塩、有機アミン付加塩、アミノ酸付加塩等が挙げられる。酸付加 塩としては塩酸塩、硫酸塩、リン酸塩等の無機酸塩、酢酸塩、トリフルォロ酢酸塩、マ レイン酸塩、フマル酸塩、酒石酸塩、クェン酸塩、乳酸塩、ァスパラギン酸塩、グルタ ミン酸塩等の有機酸塩が挙げられ、金属塩としてはナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアル カリ金属塩、マグネシウム塩、カルシウム塩等のアルカリ土類金属塩、アルミニウム塩 、亜鉛塩等が挙げられ、アンモニゥム塩としてはアンモニゥム、テトラメチルアンモニゥ ム等の塩が挙げられ、有機アミン付加塩としてはモルホリン、ピぺリジン等の付加塩が 挙げられ、アミノ酸付加塩としてはリジン、グリシン、フエ二ルァラニン等の付加塩が挙 げられる。 [0039] Examples of the pharmacologically acceptable salt of Compound (I) include pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, amino acid addition salts, and the like. Acid addition salts include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, kenate, lactate, aspartate, Examples include organic acid salts such as glutamate, and metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salts and calcium salts, aluminum salts, and zinc salts. Ammonium salts include salts such as ammonium and tetramethylammonium, organic amine addition salts include addition salts such as morpholine and piperidine, and amino acid addition salts include lysine, glycine, and phenol. Addition salts such as lualanin are listed.
[0040] 本発明の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分と して含有するタンパク質キナーゼ阻害剤の対象となるタンパク質キナーゼとしては、 例えば繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター(FGFR)、オーロラ(Aurora)、フムス様チロシ ンキナーゼ 3 (Flt-3)、血管内皮細胞増殖因子受容体 (VEGFR)、シーキット(c-Kit)、 血小板由来成長因子 (PDGFR)等が挙げられる。  [0040] Protein kinases that are targets of protein kinase inhibitors containing the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient include, for example, fibroblast growth factor receptor ( FGFR), Aurora, Humus-like tyrosin kinase 3 (Flt-3), Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), Seekit (c-Kit), Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGFR), and the like.
[0041] 本発明の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を有効成分と して含有する抗腫瘍剤の対象となる癌としては、例えば造血器腫瘍による癌、乳癌、 子宮体癌、子宮頸癌、前立腺癌、膀胱癌、腎癌、胃癌、食道癌、肝癌、胆道癌、大 腸癌、直腸癌、膝癌、肺癌、頭頸部癌、骨肉腫、メラノーマ、脳腫瘍による癌等が挙 げられる。  [0041] Examples of cancers to be used as antitumor agents containing the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient include cancers caused by hematopoietic tumors, breast cancer, uterus Body cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, biliary tract cancer, large intestine cancer, rectal cancer, knee cancer, lung cancer, head and neck cancer, osteosarcoma, melanoma, cancer caused by brain tumor Etc.
造血器腫瘍は、例えば血球細胞等における腫瘍を指し、これらに基づく病態として は具体的には慢性骨髄性白血病、急性骨髄性白血病等の白血病、多発性骨髄腫 等の骨髄腫、リンパ腫等が挙げられる。  A hematopoietic tumor refers to a tumor in, for example, blood cells, and specific pathological conditions include leukemia such as chronic myelogenous leukemia and acute myeloid leukemia, myeloma such as multiple myeloma, and lymphoma. It is done.
[0042] 次に化合物(I)の製造法について説明する。 [0042] Next, a method for producing compound (I) will be described.
また、以下に示す製造法において、定義した基が実施方法の条件下で変化するか 、または方法を実施するのに不適切な場合、有機合成化学で常用される保護基の導 入及び脱離方法 [例えば、プロテクティブ ·グループス ·イン ·オーガニック ·シンセシス 3¾ sfe. (Protective Groups m Organic synthesis third edition)、グリーン '. W. Gree ne)著、ジョン 'ワイリー'アンド'サンズ 'インコーポレイテッド(John Wiley & Sons Inc.) (1999年)]等を用いることにより、 目的化合物を得ることができる。また、必要に応じて 置換基導入等の反応工程の順序を変えることもできる。 In addition, in the production methods shown below, if the defined group changes under the conditions of the method of implementation or is inappropriate for carrying out the method, a protective group commonly used in synthetic organic chemistry is introduced. Entering and leaving methods (eg, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3¾ sfe. (Protective Groups m Organic synthesis third edition), Green '. W. Gree ne), John' Wiley 'and'Sands' Incorporated (John Wiley & Sons Inc.) (1999)] and the like can be used to obtain the target compound. In addition, the order of reaction steps such as introduction of substituents can be changed as necessary.
[0043] 化合物(I)は、例えば以下の反応工程に従い製造することができる。 [0043] Compound (I) can be produced, for example, according to the following reaction steps.
製造法 1  Manufacturing method 1
化合物(IA)は、公知の方法 [例えば、ジャーナル'ォブ 'アメリカン 'ケミカル'ソサェ ティ(J. Am. Chem. Soc.)、 78卷、 ρ· 1631 (1956年);ヘテロサイクルズ(HETEROCYC LES)、 45卷、 P.2217 (1997年) ]に準じて得られる化合物 (AA)から、下記の工程によ つて製造することができる。  Compound (IA) can be prepared by known methods [for example, the journal 'Ob' American 'Chemical' Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), 78 卷, ρ · 1631 (1956); HETEROCYC LES), 45 卷, P.2217 (1997)] and can be produced by the following process from the compound (AA) obtained.
[0044] [化 3] [0044] [Chemical 3]
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
(AA)  (AA)
[0045] [式中、 Y1は水素原子または M^R ) (式中、 M1はスズ原子、ホウ素原子またはケィ素 原子を表し、 RAはハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ、ァリールまた はァリールォキシを表す力、または 2つの RAが一緒になつて例えば 2,2,3,3-テトラメチ ルエチレンジォキシ等のアルキレンジォキシを形成してもよぐ pは 2または 3を表す) を表し、 Z1は塩素、臭素またはヨウ素の各原子を表し、 X、 R2、 R3及び Ar1はそれぞれ 前記と同義である] [Wherein Y 1 is a hydrogen atom or M ^ R) (wherein M 1 represents a tin atom, a boron atom or a key atom, and R A represents halogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl Or a force representing aryloxy, or two R A together may form an alkylenedioxy such as 2,2,3,3-tetramethylethylenedioxy, etc. p is 2 or 3 Z 1 represents each atom of chlorine, bromine or iodine, and X, R 2 , R 3 and Ar 1 are as defined above.]
工程 1  Process 1
化合物(IA)は、化合物 (AA)と 1〜30当量の化合物 (AB)を、溶媒中、 0.001〜1当 量の遷移金属触媒存在下、 -50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させ ることにより合成すること力 Sできる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤をカ卩え、反応を促 進させることもできる。 [0046] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、ァセトニトリル、トルェ ン、酢酸ェチル、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)、 1,4-ジォキサン、 Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミ ド(DMF)、 Ν-メチルピロリドン(ΝΜΡ)、水等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合し て用いることができる。 Compound (IA) comprises compound (AA) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound (AB) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalent of a transition metal catalyst in a solvent at a temperature of -50 to 200 ° C. It is possible to synthesize by reacting from 100 minutes to 100 minutes. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to promote the reaction. [0046] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran (THF), 1,4-dioxane, Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide (DMF), Ν-methylpyrrolidone ( I), water and the like, and these may be used alone or in combination.
遷移金属触媒としては、例えば酢酸パラジウム、テトラキス (トリフヱニルホスフィン)パ ラジウム、塩ィ匕パラジウム、臭化パラジウム、ビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジ ゥム、ジクロロビス (ァセトニトリル)パラジウム等のパラジウム触媒、塩化ニッケル、ニッ ケルァセチルァセトナート、ビス (1,5 -シクロォクタジェン)ニッケル、臭化ニッケル等の ニッケノレ触媒等が挙げられる。  Examples of transition metal catalysts include palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, etc. Examples include nickel catalyst such as nickel chloride, nickel acetyl cetate, bis (1,5-cyclooctagen) nickel, nickel bromide.
[0047] 添加剤としては、例えばトリフエニルホスフィン、トリ (0-トリル)ホスフィン、 1, 1,_ビス (ジ フエニルホスフイノ)フエ口セン、 1,2-ビス (ジフエニルホスフイノ)プロパン、 2,2,_ビス (ジ フエニルホスフイノ )_1, 1 ' -ビナフチル、 1,2-ビス (ジフエニルホスフイノ)ェタン、酸化銀 、ヨウ化銅、塩化リチウム、フッ化セシウム、トリェチルァミン、ジェチルァミン、水酸化 ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合 して用いることができる。  [0047] Examples of additives include triphenylphosphine, tri (0-tolyl) phosphine, 1,1, _bis (diphenylphosphino) phenol, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane. 2,2, _bis (diphenylphosphino) _1,1'-binaphthyl, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) ethane, silver oxide, copper iodide, lithium chloride, cesium fluoride, triethylamine, Examples thereof include jetylamine, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
製造法 2  Production method 2
化合物(IA)は、化合物 (AA)と化合物 (AC)を反応させて得られる化合物 (AD)と化 合物 (AE)を反応させて製造することもできる。  Compound (IA) can also be produced by reacting compound (AD) and compound (AE) obtained by reacting compound (AA) and compound (AC).
[0048] [化 4] [0048] [Chemical 4]
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
(式中、 Z2は前記 Z1と同義であり、 q及び rは同一または異なって 1または 2を表し、 X、 Z R2、 R3、 RA、 p、 M1及び Ar1はそれぞれ前記と同義である) (In the formula, Z 2 has the same meaning as Z 1 , q and r are the same or different and represent 1 or 2, and X, ZR 2 , R 3 , R A , p, M 1 and Ar 1 are Is synonymous with
工程 2  Process 2
化合物 (AD)は、化合物 (AA)と 1〜30当量の化合物 (AC)とを、溶媒中、 0.001〜1 当量のパラジウム触媒存在下、 -50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応 させることにより合成することができる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤を加え、反応 を促進させることもできる。 Compound (AD) comprises compound (AA) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound (AC) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalents of palladium catalyst in a solvent at a temperature between -50 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes. To 100 hours reaction Can be synthesized. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
[0050] 溶媒、ノ ジウム触媒及び添加剤としては、例えば製造法 1で挙げたものと同様の ものを用いることができる。 [0050] As the solvent, the rhodium catalyst and the additive, for example, the same ones as mentioned in Production Method 1 can be used.
また、化合物(AD)は、公知の方法 [例えば、ジャーナル ·ォブ ·オーガニック'ケミス トリー(J. Org. Chem.)、 67卷、 p.4968 (2002年);ジヤーナル 'ォブ 'オーガノメタリック' ケミストリー(J. Organomet. Chem.)、 624卷、 ρ·372 (2001年)]に準じて製造することも できる。  Compound (AD) can also be produced by a known method [eg, Journal of Organic Chemistry (J. Org. Chem.), 67 卷, p.4968 (2002); Metallic 'chemistry (J. Organomet. Chem.), 624 卷, ρ · 372 (2001)].
工程 3  Process 3
化合物(ΙΑ)は、化合物(AD)と 1〜30当量の化合物(ΑΕ)とを、溶媒中、 0.001〜1当 量のパラジウム触媒存在下、 -50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応さ せることにより合成すること力 Sできる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤を加え、反応を 促進させることもできる。  Compound (ΙΑ) comprises compound (AD) and 1 to 30 equivalents of compound (ΑΕ) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalent of palladium catalyst in a solvent at a temperature between -50 and 200 ° C. It can be synthesized by reacting from 100 minutes to 100 minutes. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
[0051] 溶媒、ノ ジウム触媒及び添加剤としては、例えば製造法 1で挙げたものと同様の ものを用いることができる。 [0051] As the solvent, the rhodium catalyst and the additive, for example, the same ones as mentioned in Production Method 1 can be used.
製造法 3  Production method 3
化合物 (I)のうち、 R 、 R3b、 Arlb部分に特定の官能基を有する化合物 (la)は、製造 法ほたは製造法 2に準じて得られる R2a、 R3a、 ΑΛ部分に他の官能基を有する化合物 (AF)から、下記の工程によっても製造することができる。 Among the compounds (I), the compound (la) having a specific functional group in the R, R 3b and Ar lb moieties is obtained in the R 2a , R 3a and ΑΛ parts obtained according to the production method or production method 2. The compound (AF) having another functional group can also be produced by the following steps.
[0052] また、下記の工程 4〜8において化合物 (AF)と表記された化合物であっても、化合 物(I)に含まれる化合物もある。  [0052] Further, even in the following Steps 4 to 8, the compound represented as the compound (AF) is included in the compound (I).
[0053] [化 5]  [0053] [Chemical 5]
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
[0054] (式中、 R2a
Figure imgf000022_0002
R3b及び Arlbは、それぞれ下記の各工程 4〜8で定義する基 を表し、 Xは前記と同義である)
[0054] (wherein R 2a ,
Figure imgf000022_0002
R 3b and Ar lb are groups defined in the following steps 4 to 8, respectively. And X is as defined above)
工程 4  Process 4
[工程 4においては、 Arlaは少なくとも 1つのカルボキシで置換されたァリールまたは少 なくとも 1つのカルボキシで置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である力、、または R2a及 び R3aの少なくとも 1つはカルボキシであり、 Arlbは少なくとも 1つの- CONR19aR19b (式中 、 R19a及び R19bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1 つの _CONR19aR19b (式中、 R19a及び R19bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換された単 環性芳香族複素環基であるか、または R2b及び R3bの少なくとも 1つは- CONR8aR8b (式 中、 R8a及び R8bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)または _CONR13aR13b (式中、 R13a及び R13 まそれぞれ前記と同義である)である] [In Step 4, Ar la is a force that is an aryl substituted with at least one carboxy or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with at least one carboxy, or R 2a and R 3a at least one is a carboxyl, Ar lb at least one - CONR 19a R 19b (wherein, R 19a and R 19b are the same meanings as defined above, respectively) Ariru substituted with, or at least one _CONR 19a R 19b ( In which R 19a and R 19b are each as defined above, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is —CONR 8a R 8b (formula R 8a and R 8b are as defined above) or _CONR 13a R 13b (wherein R 13a and R 13 are as defined above)]
化合物 (la)は、化合物 (AF)を溶媒中、縮合剤及び活性化剤存在下、 HNR19aR19b ( 式中、 R19a及び R19bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)、 HNR8aR8b (式中、 R8a及び R8bはそ れぞれ前記と同義である)または HNR13aR13b (式中、 R13a及び R1 はそれぞれ前記と同 義である)で表される化合物(Ila)、 (lib)または(lie)と反応させることにより合成するこ とができる。 Compound (la) is compound (AF) in a solvent in the presence of a condensing agent and an activator, and HNR 19a R 19b (wherein R 19a and R 19b are as defined above), HNR 8a R 8b ( Wherein R 8a and R 8b are as defined above) or HNR 13a R 13b (wherein R 13a and R 1 are as defined above) (Ila) , (Lib) or (lie) can be synthesized.
[0055] 溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、 THF、 1,4-ジォキサン、ァセトニトリル、 DMF、 [0055] Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, DMF,
NMP等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。 NMP etc. are mentioned, These can be used individually or in mixture.
縮合剤としては、例えばジシクロへキシルカルボジイミド、 1-ェチル -3-(3_ジメチル ァミノプロピル)カルボジイミド(EDCI)及びその塩酸塩、ポリマーバウンド- 1-ェチル -3 As the condensing agent, for example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3_dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDCI) and its hydrochloride, polymer bound-1-ethyl-3
-(3-ジメチルァミノプロピル)カルボジイミド、トリフエニルホスフィンォキシド'トリフルォ ロメタンスルホン酸無水物等が挙げられる。 -(3-Dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, triphenylphosphine oxide 'trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride, and the like.
[0056] 活性化剤としては、例えば 4 -ジメチルァミノピリジン(DMAP)、 1 -ヒドロキシベンゾトリ ァゾール(HOBt)、 N -ヒドロキシコハク酸イミド等が挙げられる。 [0056] Examples of the activator include 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), N-hydroxysuccinimide and the like.
化合物 (AF)に対して、縮合剤、活性化剤、化合物 (Ila)、 (lib)及び (lie)はそれぞ れ 1〜20当量用いるのが好ましレ、。反応は通常- 20〜80 °Cの間の温度で行われ、 30 分間から 48時間で終了する。  The compound (AF) is preferably used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents of the condensing agent, activator, compound (Ila), (lib) and (lie). The reaction is usually carried out at temperatures between -20 and 80 ° C and is completed in 30 minutes to 48 hours.
工程 5  Process 5
[工程 5においては、 Arlaは少なくとも 1つのホルミルで置換されたァリールまたは少な くとも 1つのホルミルで置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である力 \または R 及び R3a の少なくとも 1つはホルミルであり、 Arlbは少なくとも 1つの- CH NR17aR17b (式中、 R17a及 び R17bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つの- C H NR17aR17b (式中、 R17a及び R はそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換された単環性芳 香族複素環基であるか、または R2b及び R3bの少なくとも 1つは- CH NR17aR (式中、 R17 a及び R17bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)である] [In step 5, Ar la is an aryl or at least one formyl substituted with at least one formyl. At least one formyl-substituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group \ or at least one of R and R 3a is formyl, Ar lb is at least one --CH NR 17a R 17b (wherein , R 17a and R 17b are each as defined above) or substituted with at least one —CH NR 17a R 17b (wherein R 17a and R are each as defined above) or a monocyclic Kaoru aromatic heterocyclic group, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b - (wherein, R 17 a and R 17b have the same meanings as defined above) CH NR 17a R is]
化合物 (la)は、化合物 (AF)を溶媒中、還元剤存在下、 HNR17aR (式中、 R17a及び R17bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で表される化合物(lid)と反応させることにより合成 すること力 Sできる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の適当な添加剤をカ卩え、反応を促進させる ことちできる。 Compound (la) is obtained by reacting compound (AF) with a compound (lid) represented by HNR 17a R (wherein R 17a and R 17b are as defined above) in the presence of a reducing agent in a solvent. It is possible to synthesize by S. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an appropriate additive can be added to accelerate the reaction.
[0057] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ァセトニトリル、ジクロロメタン、 THF、 1 ,4-ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP、酢酸等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用い ること力 Sできる。  [0057] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, acetic acid and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
還元剤としては、例えば水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化シァノホウ素ナトリウム、トリ ァセトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、ピリジン—ボラン等が挙げられる。  Examples of the reducing agent include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, pyridine-borane and the like.
[0058] 添加剤としては、例えば酢酸、モレキュラーシーブス、硫酸マグネシウム等が挙げら れる。 [0058] Examples of the additive include acetic acid, molecular sieves, magnesium sulfate and the like.
化合物 (AF)に対して、還元剤及び化合物(lid)はそれぞれ 1〜20当量用いるのが 好ましい。反応は通常- 20〜80 °Cの間の温度で行われ、 30分間から 100時間で終了 する。  The reducing agent and the compound (lid) are preferably used in an amount of 1 to 20 equivalents with respect to the compound (AF). The reaction is usually carried out at a temperature between -20 and 80 ° C and is completed in 30 minutes to 100 hours.
[0059] 工程 6 [0059] Step 6
{工程 6においては、 Arlaは少なくとも 1つの塩素、臭素またはヨウ素から選ばれる原子 で置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つの塩素、臭素またはヨウ素から選ばれる原 子で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基であるか、または R2a及び R3aの少なくとも 1つ は塩素、臭素またはヨウ素から選ばれる原子であり、 Arlbは少なくとも 1つの Ar2b (式中 、Ar2bは置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環基 を表す)、 HC=CHRB [式中、 RBはカルボキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、 置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、置換もしくは非置 換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換のァロ ィル、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシ力 ルポニルまたは- CONR19aR19b (式中、 R19a及び R19bは前記と同義である)を表す]もしく は C三 CRB (式中、 RBは前記と同義である)で置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つ の Ar2b (式中、 Ar2bは前記と同義である)、 HC=CHRB (式中、 は前記と同義である)も しくは C≡CRB (式中、 RBは前記と同義である)で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基 であるか、または R2b及び R3bの少なくとも 1つは Ar2b (式中、 Ar2bは前記と同義である)、 HC=CHRB (式中、 RBは前記と同義である)もしくは C三 CRB (式中、 RBは前記と同義で ある)である } {In step 6, Ar la is a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle substituted with at least one atom selected from chlorine, bromine or iodine, or at least one atom selected from chlorine, bromine or iodine. Or at least one of R 2a and R 3a is an atom selected from chlorine, bromine or iodine, Ar lb is at least one Ar 2b (wherein Ar 2b is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl) Or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group), HC = CHR B [wherein R B is carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, Replacement or non-placement Substituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group ruponyl or -CONR 19a R 19b (wherein R 19a and R 19b are as defined above] or C 3 CR B (wherein R B is as defined above) or at least one Ar 2b (wherein in, Ar 2b is as defined above), HC = CHR B (wherein is as defined above) is also properly is replaced with C≡CR B (wherein, R B is as defined above) Or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is Ar 2b (wherein Ar 2b is as defined above), HC = CHR B (wherein R B is the same meaning as defined above) or C three CR B (wherein, R B is as defined above)}
化合物(la)は、化合物 (AF)と 1〜30当量の (RA) M2 (Ar2b)、(RA) M2 (CH=CHRB)、(RCompound (la) is compound (AF) with 1-30 equivalents of (R A ) M 2 (Ar 2b ), (R A ) M 2 (CH = CHR B ), (R
A) M2 (C≡CRB)、 RBHC=CHまたは RBC三 CH (式中、 Ar 、 RA、 RB、 p、 q及び rはそれ ぞれ前記と同義であり、 M2はスズ、亜鉛、ホウ素、ケィ素、ァノレミニゥム、ジルコニウム 、銅または水銀の各原子を表す)とを、溶媒中、 0.001〜1当量の遷移金属触媒の存 在下、 -50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 80時間反応させることにより合成するこ とができる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤を加え、反応を促進させることもできる。 A ) M 2 (C≡CR B ), R B HC = CH or R B C three CH (wherein Ar, R A , R B , p, q and r are as defined above, M 2 represents tin, zinc, boron, silicon, anorium, zirconium, copper or mercury atoms) in the presence of 0.001 to 1 equivalent of a transition metal catalyst in the solvent, between -50 and 200 ° C. It can be synthesized by reacting at a temperature of 5 minutes to 80 hours. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive can be added to promote the reaction.
[0060] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、ァセトニ トリル、トルエン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1 ,4-ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP、水等が挙げられ、 これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0060] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
遷移金属触媒としては、例えば酢酸パラジウム、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パ ラジウム、塩化パラジウム、臭化パラジウム、ビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジ ゥム、ジクロロビス (ァセトニトリル)パラジウム等のパラジウム触媒、塩化ニッケル、ニッ ケルァセチルァセトナート、ビス (1 ,5 -シクロォクタジェン)ニッケル、臭化ニッケル等の ニッケノレ触媒等が挙げられる。  Examples of transition metal catalysts include palladium catalysts such as palladium acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, palladium chloride, palladium bromide, bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloroparadium, dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium, nickel chloride, Examples include nickel catecholacetonate, nickel catalyst such as bis (1,5-cyclooctagen) nickel and nickel bromide.
[0061] 添加剤としては、例えばトリフエニルホスフィン、トリ (0-トリル)ホスフィン、 1 , 1,_ビス (ジ フエニルホスフイノ)フエ口セン、 1,2-ビス (ジフエニルホスフイノ)プロパン、 2,2,_ビス (ジ フエニルホスフイノ )_1 , 1 ' -ビナフチル、 1 ,2-ビス (ジフエニルホスフイノ)ェタン、酸化銀 、ヨウ化銅、塩化リチウム、フッ化セシウム、トリエチノレアミン、ジェチルァミン、水酸化 ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸セシウム等が挙げられ、これらを単 独でまたは混合して用いることができる。 [0061] Examples of the additive include triphenylphosphine, tri (0-tolyl) phosphine, 1,1, _bis (diphenylphosphino) phenol, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane 2,2, _bis (diphenylphosphino) _1,1'-binaphthyl, 1,2-bis (diphenylphosphino) ethane, silver oxide, copper iodide, lithium chloride, cesium fluoride, triethino Reamine, jetylamine, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc. Can be used alone or mixed.
[0062] 工程 7  [0062] Step 7
[工程 7においては、 Arlaは少なくとも 1つの- NHR23a (式中、 R23aは前記と同義である) で置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つの _NHR23a (式中、 R23aは前記と同義である) で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基であるか、または R2a及び R3aの少なくとも 1つは- NHR9a (式中、 R9aは前記と同義である)または- NHR14a (式中、 R14aは前記と同義である )であり、 Arlbは少なくとも 1つの- NR23a(C=〇)Rc (式中、 R23aは前記と同義であり、 Rcは 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非 置換のへテロアリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシを表す)で置換さ れたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つの- NR23a(C=0)Rc (式中、 R23a及び Reはそれぞれ前 記と同義である)で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基であるか、または R2b及び R3bの 少なくとも 1つは _NR9a(C=〇)RG (式中、 R9a及び はそれぞれ前記と同義である)または -NR14a(C=0)RG (式中、 R14a及び はそれぞれ前記と同義である)である] [In Step 7, Ar la is at least one - (wherein, R 23a is as defined above) NHR 23a Ariru or at least in one _NHR 23a (wherein substituted by, R 23a is as defined above Or at least one of R 2a and R 3a is —NHR 9a (wherein R 9a is as defined above) or —NHR 14a ( Wherein R 14a is as defined above, and Ar lb is at least one -NR 23a (C = 〇) R c (wherein R 23a is as defined above and R c is substituted or non-substituted) Represents a substituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy) or at least one -NR 23a (C = 0) R c (Wherein R 23a and R e are the same as defined above), substituted monocyclic aromatic heterocycles Or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is _NR 9a (C = 〇) R G (wherein R 9a and are as defined above) or -NR 14a (C = 0) R G wherein R 14a and are as defined above]
化合物 (la)は、化合物 (AF)を溶媒中、塩基存在下、 f COX1 (式中、 X1は塩素、臭 素、ヨウ素の各原子を表し、 RGは前記と同義である)または (R 0) 0 (式中、 Rは前 記と同義である)で表される化合物(III)と反応させることにより合成することができる。 Compound (la) is compound (AF) in a solvent, in the presence of a base, and f COX 1 (wherein X 1 represents each atom of chlorine, fluorine and iodine, and R G is as defined above) or It can be synthesized by reacting with the compound (III) represented by (R 0) 0 (wherein R is as defined above).
[0063] 溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、 THF、 1,4-ジォキサン、ァセトニトリル、 DMF、[0063] Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, DMF,
NMP等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。 NMP etc. are mentioned, These can be used individually or in mixture.
塩基としては、例えば DMAP、トリェチルァミン、ジイソプロピルェチルァミン、ピリジ ン、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリ ゥム、水素化ナトリウム等が挙げられる。  Examples of the base include DMAP, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydride and the like.
[0064] 化合物 (AF)に対して、塩基及び化合物(III)はそれぞれ 1〜20当量用いるのが好ま しい。反応は通常- 20〜80 °Cの間の温度で行われ、 30分間から 24時間で終了する。 なお化合物(ΠΙ)の種類によっては、あらかじめ活性化剤と混合することにより塩を調 製してから反応に用いることもできる。活性化剤としては、例えば DMAP、 HOBt、 N-ヒ ドロキシコハク酸イミド等が挙げられる。 [0064] It is preferable to use 1 to 20 equivalents of each of the base and the compound (III) with respect to the compound (AF). The reaction is usually carried out at a temperature between −20 and 80 ° C. and is completed in 30 minutes to 24 hours. Depending on the type of the compound (ΠΙ), a salt can be prepared in advance by mixing with an activator and then used in the reaction. Examples of the activator include DMAP, HOBt, N-hydroxysuccinimide and the like.
[0065] 工程 8  [0065] Step 8
[工程 8においては、 Arlaは少なくとも 1つのヒドロキシで置換されたァリールまたは少 なくとも 1つのヒドロキシで置換された単環性芳香族複素環基であるカ または R2a及 び R3aの少なくとも 1っはヒドロキシであり、 Arlbは少なくとも 1つの- ORD (式中、 RDは置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルまたは置換もしくは非置換のァラルキルを表す)で 置換されたァリールまたは少なくとも 1つの _ORD (式中、 RDは前記と同義である)で置 換された単環性芳香族複素環基であるか、または R2b及び R3bの少なくとも 1つは- ORD (式中、 は前記と同義である)である] [In step 8, Ar la is an aryl substituted with at least one hydroxy or At least one of the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups substituted with at least one hydroxy, or at least one of R 2a and R 3a is hydroxy, and Ar lb is at least one -OR D (where R D represents a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl) or an aryl substituted with at least one _OR D (wherein RD is as defined above). A cyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, or at least one of R 2b and R 3b is —OR D (where is the same as defined above)]
化合物 (la)は、化合物 (AF)を溶媒中、縮合剤存在下、 H〇RD (式中、 は前記と同 義である)で表される化合物(IV)と反応させることにより合成することができる。 Compound (la) is, in a solvent a compound (AF), the presence a condensing agent, H_〇_R D (wherein, the above and is synonymous) is synthesized by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) be able to.
[0066] 溶媒としては、例えば THF、エーテル、トルエン等が挙げられ、これらを単独でもしく は混合して用いることができる。 [0066] Examples of the solvent include THF, ether, toluene and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
縮合剤としては、例えばトリフエニルホスフィン、トリブチルホスフィン等の 3価のリン 化合物及びァゾジカルボン酸ジェチル(DEAD)、 1,1- (ァゾジカルビニル)ジピペリジ ン等のァゾ化合物が混合して用いられる。  As the condensing agent, for example, trivalent phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine and tributylphosphine and azo compounds such as azodicarboxylate jetyl (DEAD) and 1,1- (azodivinylvinyl) dipiperidin are used.
[0067] 化合物(IV)及び縮合剤は、化合物 (AF)に対してそれぞれ 1当量以上、好ましくは 1 〜5当量用いられる。  [0067] Compound (IV) and the condensing agent are each used in an amount of 1 equivalent or more, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents, relative to compound (AF).
反応は、通常- 20〜80 °C、好ましくは 0〜30 °Cで行われ、 5分間から 48時間で終了 する。  The reaction is usually performed at −20 to 80 ° C., preferably 0 to 30 ° C., and is completed in 5 minutes to 48 hours.
化合物 (I)及び原料化合物の置換基に含まれる官能基の変換は、上記工程以外 にも公知の他の方法 [例えば、コンプリへンシブ 'オーガニック 'トランスフォーメーショ ンズ (Comprehensive Organic Transformations)、 R. C.フロック (Larock) 、 (1989年 ) ]によっても行うことができる。  Conversion of the functional group contained in the substituent of the compound (I) and the raw material compound may be performed by other known methods in addition to the above-mentioned steps (for example, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, RC Larock, (1989)].
[0068] 製造法 4 [0068] Production method 4
化合物(I)は、下記に示す工程 9〜16によって得られる化合物 (AH)、(AI)、(AJ)、 ( AK)、(AL)、 (AM) , (AN) , (AO)、 (AP)及び (AQ)から、製造法 1または製造法 2に 準じた方法によって製造することもできる。  Compound (I) is compound (AH), (AI), (AJ), (AK), (AL), (AM), (AN), (AO), (A) obtained by steps 9-16 shown below. From (AP) and (AQ), it can also be produced by a method according to production method 1 or production method 2.
[0069] [化 6] [0069] [Chemical 6]
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
(AG) (AH)  (AG) (AH)
[0070] (式中、 Zla、 R2¾び R3eは、それぞれ前記 Z1 R2及び R3と同義である) [0070] (wherein Z la , R 2 ¾ and R 3e have the same meanings as Z 1 R 2 and R 3 , respectively)
工程 9  Process 9
化合物(AH)は、公知の方法 [例えば、テトラへドロン'レターズ(Tetrahedron Letter s)、 23卷、 371頁(1982年);ジャーナル'ォブ'ケミカル'ソサエティ一'パーキン 'トラン スアクション I (Journal of Chemical Society Parkin Transaction 1)、 19卷、 2755頁(199 9年) ]に準じて得られる化合物 (AG)と 1〜30当量のイミド化試薬とを、溶媒中または 無溶媒で、 -50〜250 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させることにより合成 すること力 Sできる。  Compound (AH) can be prepared by a known method [for example, Tetrahedron Letters, 23, 371 (1982); Journal “Ob” Chemical “Society One” Perkin “Transaction I ( Journal of Chemical Society Parkin Transaction 1), 19 卷, 2755 (199 9)], compound (AG) obtained in accordance with 1-30 equivalents of an imidizing reagent in a solvent or without a solvent. It is possible to synthesize by reacting at temperatures between ~ 250 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours.
[0071] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、ァセトニトリル、トルェ ン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1,4_ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP、水、酢酸等が挙げられ、これら を単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0071] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water, acetic acid and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
イミド化試薬としては、例えばアンモニア、炭酸アンモニゥム、酢酸アンモニゥム等 のアンモニゥム塩、ゥレア、へキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)等が挙げられる。  Examples of the imidizing reagent include ammonia, ammonium salts such as ammonium carbonate and ammonium acetate, urea, hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) and the like.
[0072] [化 7] [0072] [Chemical 7]
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
前記 Z1 R2及び R3と同義である) The same as Z 1 R 2 and R 3 above)
工程 10  Process 10
化合物 (AJ)は、化合物 (AI)を溶媒中、 1〜30当量の還元剤と、 -90〜200 °Cの間の 温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させることにより合成することができる。このとき、 0.01 〜30当量の添加剤をカ卩え、反応を促進させることもできる。  Compound (AJ) can be synthesized by reacting compound (AI) with 1 to 30 equivalents of a reducing agent in a solvent at a temperature between −90 to 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to 100 hours. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to promote the reaction.
[0074] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、ァセトニトリル、トルェ ン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1,4_ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP、酢酸ナトリウム—塩酸、酢酸— 酢酸ナトリウム、クェン酸—リン酸水素ニナトリウム等の各種緩衝液等が挙げられ、こ れらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0074] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4_dioxane, DMF, NMP, sodium acetate-hydrochloric acid, acetic acid-sodium acetate, citrate-hydrogen phosphate. Examples include various buffer solutions such as disodium, and these can be used alone or in combination.
還元剤としては、例えば水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、 水素化アルミニウムリチウム、水素化ホウ素リチウム、トリメトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウ ム、水素化シァノホウ素ナトリウム、トリァセトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム等が挙げられ る。  Examples of the reducing agent include diisobutylaluminum hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, lithium borohydride, sodium trimethoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride and the like.
[0075] 添加剤としては、トリフルォロボラン'ジェチルエーテル錯体、四塩化チタン、メタン スルホン酸、二塩ィ匕コバルト等が挙げられる。  [0075] Examples of the additive include trifluoroborane'-jetyl ether complex, titanium tetrachloride, methanesulfonic acid, disodium-cobalt and the like.
工程 11  Process 11
化合物 (AK)は、化合物 (AI)を 1〜30当量のボランまたはボラン化合物と溶媒中、 - 90〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間還元反応させることにより合成すること ができる。 Compound (AK) can be synthesized by reducing compound (AI) from 1 to 30 equivalents of borane or borane compound in a solvent at a temperature of -90 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can do.
[0076] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、ァセトニトリル、トルェ ン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1 ,4-ジォキサン、 DMF NMP、水等が挙げられ、これらを単独 でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0076] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF NMP, water and the like, and these may be used alone or in combination. it can.
ボランィ匕合物としては、例えばボラン ' THF錯体、ボラン'ジメチルスルフイド錯体、ジ ボラン等が挙げられる。  Examples of the borane compound include borane 'THF complex, borane' dimethylsulfide complex, diborane and the like.
工程 12  Process 12
化合物 (AK)は、工程 10で得られた化合物 (AJ)を 1〜30当量のヒドロシランィ匕合物と 溶媒中、 _90〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させることによつても合 成すること力 Sできる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤を加え、反応を促進させること あでさる。  Compound (AK) is obtained by reacting Compound (AJ) obtained in Step 10 in 1 to 30 equivalents of hydrosilane compound and a solvent at a temperature of _90 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. Therefore, it is possible to synthesize. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of an additive is added to accelerate the reaction.
[0077] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、ァセトニ トリル、トルエン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1 ,4-ジォキサン、酢酸、トリフルォロ酢酸等が挙 げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0077] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, formonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. Can be used.
ヒドロシラン化合物としては、例えばトリェチルシラン、トリクロロシラン等が挙げられ る。  Examples of the hydrosilane compound include triethylsilane and trichlorosilane.
[0078] 添加剤としては、例えばトリフルォロボラン 'ジェチルエーテル錯体、四塩化チタン 等が挙げられる。  [0078] Examples of the additive include trifluoroborane 'jetyl ether complex, titanium tetrachloride and the like.
工程 13  Process 13
化合物 (AL)は、工程 10で得られた化合物 (AJ)を酸存在下、 1当量から溶媒量の RE OH (式中、 REは前記と同義である)と溶媒中または無溶媒で、 -90〜200 °Cの間の温 度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させることによつても合成することができる。 Compound (AL) is compound (AJ) obtained in step 10 in the presence of an acid in an amount of 1 equivalent to a solvent amount of R E OH (wherein R E is as defined above) in a solvent or without solvent. It can also be synthesized by reacting at a temperature between -90 and 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours.
[0079] 溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、ァセトニトリル、トルエン、酢酸ェ チル、 THF、 1 ,4-ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合 して用いることができる。 [0079] Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination. .
酸としては、例えば濃塩酸、濃硫酸、 DL-10-カンファースルホン酸、 P-トルエンスル ホン酸、塩ィ匕アルミニウム、三フッ化ホウ素等が挙げられる。  Examples of the acid include concentrated hydrochloric acid, concentrated sulfuric acid, DL-10-camphorsulfonic acid, P-toluenesulfonic acid, sodium chloride aluminum, boron trifluoride and the like.
[0080] [化 8] [0080] [Chemical 8]
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0002
[0081] (式中、 Zle び Zldはそれぞれ前記 Z1と同義であるが、 Zle及び Zldはそれぞれ異なるハ ロゲン原子を表す) [0081] (wherein, although the Z le beauty Z ld respectively synonymous with the Z 1, Z le and Z ld represent different c androgenic atoms)
化合物 (AO)は、工程 14及び 15に示すように、化合物 (AM)を段階的にハロゲンィ匕 することによって合成すること力できる。  Compound (AO) can be synthesized by stepwise halogenation of compound (AM) as shown in Steps 14 and 15.
工程 14  Process 14
化合物(AN)は、化合物(AM)をモノハロゲン化することによって合成することができ る。即ち、化合物 (AM)と 1当量のハロゲンィ匕試薬を溶媒中、 _50〜200 °Cの間の温度 で、 5分間から 100時間反応させ、化合物 (AN)を合成することができる。このとき、 0.0 1〜30当量の添加剤を加え、反応を促進させることもできる。  Compound (AN) can be synthesized by monohalogenating compound (AM). That is, compound (AN) can be synthesized by reacting compound (AM) with 1 equivalent of halogen reagent in a solvent at a temperature between -50 ° C and 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. At this time, an additive of 0.01 to 30 equivalents can be added to promote the reaction.
[0082] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化 炭素、ァセトニトリル、トルエン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1,4-ジォキサン、酢酸、トリフルォ 口酢酸等が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。 [0082] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and the like. Or can be used in combination.
ハロゲン化試薬としては、例えば塩素、塩化水素ガス、濃塩酸、臭化水素酸、テトラ n-ブチルアンモニゥムトリブロマイド、臭素、ヨウ素、 N-塩化コハク酸イミド(NCS)、 N- 臭化コハク酸イミド (NBS)、 N-ヨウ化コハク酸イミド(MS)、一塩化ヨウ素等が挙げられ る。  Examples of halogenating reagents include chlorine, hydrogen chloride gas, concentrated hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, tetra-n-butylammonium tribromide, bromine, iodine, N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), and N-brominated succinic acid. Examples thereof include imide (NBS), N-iodinated succinimide (MS), and iodine monochloride.
[0083] 添加剤としては、例えば硫酸銀、酢酸銅、炭酸カルシウム、塩化亜鉛等が挙げられ る。  [0083] Examples of the additive include silver sulfate, copper acetate, calcium carbonate, zinc chloride and the like.
工程 15 化合物 (AO)は、化合物 (AN)と、工程 14で用いたハロゲンィ匕試薬と異なるハロゲン 化試薬とを溶媒中、 _50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分間から 100時間反応させ、合成 すること力 Sできる。このとき、 0.01〜30当量の添加剤をカ卩え、反応を促進させることも できる。 Process 15 Compound (AO) is synthesized by reacting compound (AN) with a halogenating reagent different from the halogenated reagent used in Step 14 in a solvent at a temperature of _50 to 200 ° C for 5 minutes to 100 hours. The power to do S. At this time, 0.01 to 30 equivalents of additive can be added to accelerate the reaction.
[0084] 溶媒、ハロゲン化試薬及び添加剤としては、工程 14で挙げたものを用いることがで きる。但し、ハロゲン化試薬は工程 14で用いたものとは異なるものを用いる。  [0084] As the solvent, the halogenating reagent and the additive, those mentioned in Step 14 can be used. However, use a halogenating reagent different from that used in Step 14.
工程 16  Process 16
化合物 (AP)は工程 15で合成した化合物 (A〇)を用い、文献 [ジャーナル ·ォブ ·ケミ 力ノレ'ソサエティ 'パーキン 'トランスアクション 1 (J. Chem. So Perkin Transaction 1) 、 p.873 (1986年)]に記載の方法に準じて製造することができる。すなわち、化合物( AN)は 1〜30当量のホルムアミドを添加した溶媒中、 _50〜100 °Cの間の温度で、亜 硝酸化合物を 5分間から 100時間反応させた後、トリェチルァミンを添加することにより 合成すること力できる。  The compound (AP) is the compound (A〇) synthesized in Step 15, and the literature [J. Chem. So Perkin Transaction 1], p.873 (1986)]. That is, compound (AN) is obtained by reacting a nitrite compound in a solvent to which 1 to 30 equivalents of formamide is added at a temperature between _50 and 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to 100 hours, and then adding triethylamine. Can be synthesized.
[0085] 溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、ァセトニ トリル、トルエン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1,4-ジォキサン、水、酢酸、トリフルォロ酢酸等 が挙げられ、これらを単独でまたは混合して用いることができる。  [0085] Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, water, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and the like. It can be used by mixing.
亜硝酸化合物としては、例えば亜硝酸ナトリウム、亜硝酸 tert-ブチル等が挙げられ る。  Examples of the nitrite compound include sodium nitrite and tert-butyl nitrite.
[0086] [化 9]  [0086] [Chemical 9]
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
(AQ) (AR)  (AQ) (AR)
[0087] (式中、 Xは前記と同義であり、 Zle
Figure imgf000032_0002
R2及び R3と同義で ある)
[0087] (wherein X is as defined above, Z le ,
Figure imgf000032_0002
Synonymous with R 2 and R 3 )
工程 17 化合物 (AR)は、公知の方法レくィォオーガニック'アンド'メデイシナル 'ケミストリー 'レターズ (Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters)、 14卷、 4505頁 (2004年) ]に 準じて得られる化合物 (AQ)を亜硝酸化合物と反応させて得られるジァゾニゥム塩と ハロゲンィ匕剤を反応させることにより合成することができる。 Process 17 Compound (AR) is a compound (AQ) obtained according to the known method Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 14 卷, page 4505 (2004)]. It can be synthesized by reacting a diazonium salt obtained by reacting with a nitrous acid compound and a halogenating agent.
[0088] 化合物 (AQ)を無溶媒でまたは溶媒中、 1〜30当量の亜硝酸化合物と- 50〜100 °C の間の温度で、 5分間力 48時間反応させることにより対応するジァゾ二ゥム塩を調製 し、次いで溶媒中、 1〜30当量のハロゲン化試薬と- 50〜200 °Cの間の温度で、 5分 間から 48時間反応させることにより、化合物 (AR)を合成することができる。  [0088] The compound (AQ) is reacted with 1 to 30 equivalents of a nitrite compound in the absence of solvent or in a solvent at a temperature between −50 to 100 ° C. for 5 minutes with a force of 48 hours. The compound (AR) is then synthesized by reacting with 1-30 equivalents of the halogenating reagent in a solvent at a temperature between -50 and 200 ° C for 5 to 48 hours. Can do.
溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、ジクロロメタン、ァセトニトリル、トルェ ン、酢酸ェチル、 THF、 1,4_ジォキサン、 DMF、 NMP、水等が挙げられ、これらを単独 でまたは混合して用いることができる。  Examples of the solvent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, toluene, ethyl acetate, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, NMP, water and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination.
[0089] 亜硝酸化合物としては、例えば亜硝酸ナトリウム、亜硝酸 tert-ブチル等が挙げられ る。  [0089] Examples of the nitrite compound include sodium nitrite and tert-butyl nitrite.
ハロゲン化試薬としては、例えばヨウ素、塩化銅、臭化銅、ヨウ化銅等が挙げられる 。これらのうち、ハロゲンィ匕銅は、硫酸銅水溶液に塩ィ匕ナトリウム、臭化ナトリウム等を カロえた後、亜硝酸ナトリウムで還元することにより調製することができ、単離することな くそのまま本工程に使用することもできる。  Examples of the halogenating reagent include iodine, copper chloride, copper bromide, copper iodide and the like. Of these, halogenated copper can be prepared by freezing sodium chloride, sodium bromide, etc. in an aqueous copper sulfate solution and then reducing with sodium nitrite. Can also be used.
[0090] 上記の方法を適宜組み合わせて実施することにより、所望の位置に所望の官能基 を有する化合物(I)を得ることができる。 [0090] A compound (I) having a desired functional group at a desired position can be obtained by appropriately combining the above methods.
上記製造法における生成物の単離、精製は、通常の有機合成で用いられる方法、 例えば濾過、抽出、洗浄、乾燥、濃縮、結晶化、各種クロマトグラフィー等を適宜組み 合わせて行うことができる。また、中間体においては、特に精製することなく次の反応 に供することも可能である。  The isolation and purification of the product in the above production method can be performed by appropriately combining methods used in ordinary organic synthesis, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, crystallization, various chromatography and the like. Further, the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without any particular purification.
[0091] 化合物 (I)には、位置異性体、幾何異性体、互変異性体または光学異性体のような 異性体が存在し得るが、可能な異性体及び該異性体のいかなる比率における混合 物も本発明に包含される。  [0091] In compound (I), isomers such as positional isomers, geometric isomers, tautomers or optical isomers may exist, but possible isomers and a mixture of the isomers in any ratio. Products are also encompassed by the present invention.
化合物(I)の塩を取得したい場合には、化合物(I)が塩の形で得られるときはそのま ま精製すればよぐまた遊離の形で得られるときは適当な溶媒に化合物(I)を溶解ま たは懸濁し、酸または塩基等を加えて塩を形成させればよい。 When it is desired to obtain a salt of compound (I), the compound (I) can be purified as it is when it is obtained in the form of a salt. ) Alternatively, it may be suspended and an acid or base may be added to form a salt.
[0092] また、化合物(I)またはその薬理学的に許容される塩は、水または各種溶媒との付 加物の形で存在することもある力 それら付加物も本発明に包含される。  [0092] Further, the compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof may exist in the form of an adduct with water or various solvents, and these adducts are also included in the present invention.
以下、表 1-1及び表 1-2に、本発明の化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明の範囲は これらの化合物に限定されることはない。  Hereinafter, specific examples of the compounds of the present invention are shown in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these compounds.
なお、表 1-1及び表 1-2において、 Me、 Ac及び Bocはそれぞれメチル、ァセチル及 び tert-ブトキシカルボニルを表す。  In Table 1-1 and Table 1-2, Me, Ac, and Boc represent methyl, acetyl, and tert-butoxycarbonyl, respectively.
[0093] [表 1-1] [0093] [Table 1-1]
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0094] [表 1-2] [0094] [Table 1-2]
Figure imgf000036_0001
次に、化合物 (I)の薬理作用について試験例で説明する。
Figure imgf000036_0001
Next, the pharmacological action of compound (I) will be described in test examples.
試験例 1:繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター 3 (FGFR3)阻害活性 Test Example 1: Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR3) inhibitory activity
FGFR3阻害活性を測定するために以下の方法を用いた。 FGFR3は、ヒト FGFR3の 細胞内ドメイン(448-759アミノ酸)の N末端に GST (ダルタチオン S-トランスフェラーゼ) を融合したタンパク質を発現するバキュロウィルスを昆虫細胞に感染させ調製した。 ニュートロアビジン(ピアス社、カタログ番号 31000)をコートした 96ゥエルプレートに基 質となるピオチン化ポリグルタミン酸'チロシンペプチド(日本シエーリング社、カタログ 番号 61GT0BAA)を固相化した後、 0.25%のゼラチンでブロッキングし、キナーゼ反応 測定用プレートとして用いた。 50 μ Lの容量で最終濃度力 GST融合 FGFR3タンパク 8 μ g/し、 20 mmol/L Tris - Cl (pH 7.5)、 0.04% 2_メルカプトエタノール、 0.04 mmol/L Na VO、 20 mmol/L MgCl、 5 mmol/L MnCl、 10 μ mol/L ATP、 0.1% Albumin bovi ne serum (BSA ;シグマ社、カタログ番号 A4503)、 0.1%ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO) 、 10 μ mol/L試験化合物となるように調製してキナーゼ反応測定用プレートのゥエル に添カロし、酵素反応を 24 °Cで 60分間行った。プレートを TBS_T[10 mmol/L Tris - Cl ( pH 7.5) , 150 mmol/L NaCl、 0.05% Tween 20 (バイオラッド社、カタログ番号 170-653 1)]で 4回洗浄後、ユーロピウム標識抗ホスホチロシン抗体 (パーキンエルマ一社 力 タログ番号 AD0160)と室温で 60分間反応させ、さらに TBS-Tで 4回洗浄し、 DELFIA E nhancement Solution (パーキンエルマ一社 カタログ番号 1244-105)を添加し、時間 分解蛍光(励起波長 340 nm、測定波長 615 nm)を測定した。 0.1% DMSOを加えた酵 素のゥエルの値を 100%、酵素を未添加のゥエルの値を 0%として、試験化合物を加えた ゥエルの相対活性 (%)を算出し、その値を 100から引いた値を試験化合物の FGFR3阻 害率 (%)とした。 The following method was used to measure FGFR3 inhibitory activity. FGFR3 was prepared by infecting insect cells with baculovirus expressing a protein in which GST (Dartathione S-transferase) was fused to the N-terminus of the intracellular domain (448-759 amino acids) of human FGFR3. Piotinylated polyglutamic acid 'tyrosine peptide (Nippon Schering Co., Ltd., catalog) based on 96-well plate coated with neutroavidin (Pierce, catalog number 31000) No. 61GT0BAA) was solid-phased, blocked with 0.25% gelatin, and used as a plate for kinase reaction measurement. Final concentration of GST-fused FGFR3 protein 8 μg / 50 μL volume, 20 mmol / L Tris-Cl (pH 7.5), 0.04% 2_mercaptoethanol, 0.04 mmol / L Na VO, 20 mmol / L MgCl , 5 mmol / L MnCl, 10 μmol / L ATP, 0.1% Albumin bovine serum (BSA; Sigma, Catalog No. A4503), 0.1% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), 10 μmol / L The sample was prepared and added to the well of the kinase reaction measurement plate, and the enzyme reaction was performed at 24 ° C for 60 minutes. After washing the plate 4 times with TBS_T [10 mmol / L Tris-Cl (pH 7.5), 150 mmol / L NaCl, 0.05% Tween 20 (Bio-Rad, Catalog No. 170-653 1)], Europium labeled anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (Perkin Elma Company Tallog No. AD0160) for 60 minutes at room temperature, further washed 4 times with TBS-T, DELFIA Enhancement Solution (Perkin Elma Company Catalog No. 1244-105) was added, and time-resolved fluorescence (Excitation wavelength 340 nm, measurement wavelength 615 nm) was measured. Calculate the relative activity (%) of the wel with the test compound, with the wel value of the enzyme with 0.1% DMSO added as 100% and the wel value without the enzyme added as 0%. The subtracted value was taken as the FGFR3 inhibition rate (%) of the test compound.
[0096] 化合物 2、 4、 5、 7、 10、 14及び 18は、 10 μ mol/Lの濃度で 50%以上の FGFR3阻害活 性を示した。この結果から、本発明の化合物 (I)が有効な FGFR3阻害活性を示すこと 力 sわ力る。 [0096] Compounds 2, 4, 5, 7, 10, 14, and 18 exhibited FGFR3 inhibitory activity of 50% or more at a concentration of 10 μmol / L. From the results, the compound (I) can force s Wachikararu to valid FGFR3 inhibitory activity of the present invention.
試験例 2:ヒト多発性骨髄腫及びヒト胃癌細胞株に対する細胞増殖抑制活性  Test Example 2: Cell growth inhibitory activity against human multiple myeloma and human gastric cancer cell lines
ヒト多発性骨髄腫 (KMS-11)及びヒト胃癌細胞株(ΚΑΤΟ-ΠΙ)に対する試験化合物 の細胞増殖抑制率の測定を以下の方法で実施した。  The cell growth inhibition rate of the test compound against human multiple myeloma (KMS-11) and human gastric cancer cell line (細胞 -ΠΙ) was measured by the following method.
[0097] 各細胞の培養には、 10%牛胎児血清(ギブコ社、カタログ番号 10437-028)を含む Ro swell Park Memorial Institute's Medium (RPMI) 1640培地(ギブコ社、カタログ番号 11 875-093)を使用した。 7.5 X 104個 ZmLに調製した KMS-11細胞(ΚΑΤΟ-ΙΠ細胞では 2.5 X 104個/ mL)を TC MICROWELL 96U plate (ナルジェン.ヌンク社、カタログ番号 163320)に 80 μ Lずつ播種し、 37 °Cで 24時間、 5%炭酸ガスインキュベーター内にお いて培養した。 KMS-11細胞、 ΚΑΤΟ-ΙΠ細胞に対して、最終濃度が 10 μ mol/Lとなる ように調整した試験化合物の DMSO溶液を 20 z Lずつ添加し、再び 5%炭酸ガスイン キュベータ一内にて 37 °Cで 72時間培養した。上記培地で 50%に希釈した WST-1試 薬 {4_[3_(4_Iodophenyl)_2_(4_nitrophenyl)_2H_5_tetrazolio]_l,3_benze] e disulfonat e sodium salt} (ロシュ ·ダイァグノスティックス社、カタログ番号 1644807)を 20 β L加え 、 37 °Cで 2時間インキュベートした後に、マイクロプレート分光光度計 SPECTRA max 340PC (モレキュラーデバイス社)を用いて 450 nm (対照波長 690 nm)の吸光度を測 定した。細胞増殖抑制率は、化合物溶液の溶媒を添加して同様に培養したゥエルの 値を 100%とし、以下の式で算出した。またブランクとして、溶媒添加直後に WST-1を 添加し、測定した吸光度の値を用いた。 [0097] Roswell Park Memorial Institute's Medium (RPMI) 1640 medium (Gibco, catalog number 11 875-093) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (Gibco, catalog number 10437-028) was used for the culture of each cell. used. 7.5 × 10 4 cells KMS-11 cells (2.5 × 10 4 cells / mL for ΚΑΤΟ-ΙΠ cells) prepared in ZmL are seeded in 80 μL TC MICROWELL 96U plate (Nalgen Nunk, catalog number 163320). The cells were cultured at 37 ° C for 24 hours in a 5% carbon dioxide incubator. Add 20 zL of DMSO solution of the test compound adjusted to a final concentration of 10 μmol / L to KMS-11 cells and ΚΑΤΟ-ΙΠ cells, and again add 5% carbon dioxide in The cells were cultured for 72 hours at 37 ° C in a incubator. WST-1 reagent diluted to 50% in the above medium {4_ [3_ (4_Iodophenyl) _2_ (4_nitrophenyl) _2H_5_tetrazolio] _l, 3_benze] e disulfonate sodium salt} (Roche Diagnostics, catalog number 1644807) After incubating at 37 ° C for 2 hours, absorbance at 450 nm (control wavelength: 690 nm) was measured using a microplate spectrophotometer SPECTRA max 340PC (Molecular Device). The cell growth inhibition rate was calculated by the following formula, assuming that the value of wells cultured in the same manner after adding the solvent of the compound solution was 100%. As a blank, WST-1 was added immediately after the addition of the solvent, and the measured absorbance value was used.
[0098] [数 1] 細胞増殖抑制率 (¾) = 100 - 100 [0098] [Equation 1] Cell growth inhibition rate (¾) = 100-100
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
[0099] 本値が大きいほど細胞に対する増殖抑制活性が強いことを示している。  [0099] It is shown that the larger this value, the stronger the growth inhibitory activity against cells.
化合物 2、 4、 5、 7、 10、 14及び 18は、ヒト多発性骨髄腫 KMS-11及びヒト胃癌細胞株 ΚΑΤΟ-ΠΙに対して 10 μ mol/Lの濃度で 50%以上の細胞増殖阻害活性を示した。この 結果から、本発明の化合物(I)はヒト多発性骨髄腫 KMS_11、ヒト胃癌細胞株 KATO-I IIに対して細胞増殖抑制活性を示すことがわかる。  Compounds 2, 4, 5, 7, 10, 14, and 18 inhibit cell growth by 50% or more at a concentration of 10 μmol / L against human multiple myeloma KMS-11 and human gastric cancer cell line ΚΑΤΟ-ΠΙ Showed activity. From this result, it can be seen that the compound (I) of the present invention exhibits cytostatic activity against human multiple myeloma KMS_11 and human gastric cancer cell line KATO-I II.
[0100] 化合物 (I)またはその薬理学的に許容される塩は、その薬理作用、投与目的等に 応じ、そのままあるいは各種の製薬形態で使用することができる。本発明の製薬組成 物は、活性成分として有効な量の化合物 (I)またはその薬理学的に許容される塩を 薬理学的に許容される担体と均一に混合して製造できる。この担体は投与に対して 望ましい製剤の形態に応じて、広い範囲の形態をとることができる。これらの製薬組 成物は、経口的または注射等の非経口的投与に対して適する単位服用形態にある ことが望ましい。  [0100] Compound (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used as it is or in various pharmaceutical forms depending on its pharmacological action, administration purpose and the like. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be produced by uniformly mixing an effective amount of Compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are preferably in a unit dosage form suitable for oral administration or parenteral administration such as injection.
[0101] 錠剤の調製にあたっては、例えば乳糖、マンニット等の賦形剤、デンプン等の崩壊 剤、ステアリン酸マグネシウム等の滑沢斉 IJ、ポリビニルアルコール、ヒドロキシプロピル セルロース等の結合剤、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル、ソルビット脂肪酸エステル等の界面 活性剤等を常法により用いることができる。錠剤 1個あたり 1〜200 mgの活性成分を含 有する錠剤が好適である。 [0102] 注射剤の調製にあたっては、水、生理食塩水、ォリーブ油、落花生油等の植物油、 ォレイン酸ェチル、プロピレングリコール等の溶剤、安息香酸ナトリウム、サリチル酸 ナトリウム、ウレタン等の可溶化剤、食塩、グルコース等の等張化剤、フエノール、タレ ゾール、 P-ヒドロキシ安息香酸エステル、クロロブタノール等の保存斉 1J、ァスコルビン 酸、ピロ亜硫酸ナトリウム等の抗酸化剤等を常法により用いることができる。 [0101] For preparation of tablets, for example, excipients such as lactose and mannitol, disintegrants such as starch, Lubricant IJ such as magnesium stearate, binders such as polyvinyl alcohol and hydroxypropyl cellulose, sucrose fatty acid Surfactants such as esters and sorbite fatty acid esters can be used in a conventional manner. Tablets containing 1 to 200 mg of active ingredient per tablet are preferred. [0102] In the preparation of injections, water, physiological saline, olive oil, vegetable oils such as peanut oil, solvents such as ethyl oleate and propylene glycol, solubilizers such as sodium benzoate, sodium salicylate, urethane, salt In addition, isotonic agents such as glucose, preservatives such as phenol, talesol, P-hydroxybenzoic acid ester, chlorobutanol, and antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium pyrosulfite can be used in a conventional manner.
[0103] 化合物 (I)またはその薬理学的に許容される塩は、経口的または注射剤等として非 経口的に投与可能であり、その有効用量及び投与回数は投与形態、患者の年齢、 体重、症状等により異なる力 通常一日当たり、 0.01〜100 mg/kgを投与するのが好 ましい。  [0103] Compound (I) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof can be administered orally or parenterally as an injection, etc. The effective dose and frequency of administration are the dosage form, patient age, body weight Different forces depending on symptoms, etc. Usually, it is preferable to administer 0.01-100 mg / kg per day.
以下、実施例により本発明をより詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定される ものではない。  Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0104] 実施例に用いられるプロトン核磁気共鳴スペクトル ^H-NMR)においては、化合物 及び測定条件によっては交換性水素が明瞭には観測されないことがある。尚、シグ ナルの多重度の表記としては通常用いられるものを用いる力 S、 brとは見かけ上、巾広 レ、シグナルであることを表す。  [0104] In the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum (^ H-NMR) used in the examples, exchangeable hydrogen may not be clearly observed depending on the compound and measurement conditions. In addition, as the notation of the multiplicity of signals, the forces S and br using the commonly used ones are apparently wide and signal.
下記実施例中の各化合物の機器データは、以下の機器類によって測定した。  The instrument data of each compound in the following examples was measured by the following instruments.
'H-NMR i JEOL JNM-EX270 (270 MHZ)または JEOL JNM-AL300 (300 MHz) MS : JEOL SX-102AQQ (FAB法)または Micromass Quattro (APCI法)  'H-NMR i JEOL JNM-EX270 (270 MHZ) or JEOL JNM-AL300 (300 MHz) MS: JEOL SX-102AQQ (FAB method) or Micromass Quattro (APCI method)
実施例 1  Example 1
[0105] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-フエニルェチュル _6_{2_[4_(4_ァセチルビペラジン _1-ィルカルボ二 ノレ)フエニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(化合物 1)  [0105] (E) -3-Amino-4-phenylethyl _6_ {2_ [4_ (4_ (acetylbiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (compound 1)
工程 1  Process 1
3-ァミノフタルイミド(2.00 g, 12.3 mmol)をメタノール(200 mL)に溶解し、 N-ブロモ スクシンイミド(2.19 g, 12.3 mmol)をカ卩え、室温で 50分間撹拌した。得られた固体をろ 取し、メタノールで洗浄し、 3-ァミノ- 6-ブロモフタルイミド(2.21 g,収率 74%)を得た。  3-Aminophthalimide (2.00 g, 12.3 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL), N-bromosuccinimide (2.19 g, 12.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 50 minutes. The obtained solid was collected by filtration and washed with methanol to obtain 3-amino-6-bromophthalimide (2.21 g, yield 74%).
APCI-MS m/z: 241 [M— H]—  APCI-MS m / z: 241 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 6.53 (br s, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J =  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 6.53 (br s, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J =
6  6
8.9 Hz, 1H), 11.07 (br s, 1H). 工程 2 8.9 Hz, 1H), 11.07 (br s, 1H). Process 2
ヨウ素(6.29 g, 24.8 mmol)をエタノール(225 mL)に溶解し、硫酸銀(3.87 g, 12.4 m mol)及び 3-ァミノ- 6-ブロモフタルイミド(3.00 g, 12.4 mmol)を加え、室温で 23時間撹 拌した。反応混合物に 10%チォ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液をカ卩えて酢酸ェチルで抽出し、 有機層を 0.5 mol/L塩酸、飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減 圧下溶媒を留去した後、残渣をへキサン及びメタノールでスラリー精製し、 3 -ァミノ- 4 -ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(4.3 g,収率 96%)を得た。  Iodine (6.29 g, 24.8 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol (225 mL), and silver sulfate (3.87 g, 12.4 mmol) and 3-amino-6-bromophthalimide (3.00 g, 12.4 mmol) are added. Stir for hours. A 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by slurry with hexane and methanol to give 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (4.3 g, yield 96%).
APCI-MS m/z: 365 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 365 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.34 (s, 2H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 11.23 (s, 1H).  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.34 (s, 2H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 11.23 (s, 1H).
工程 3 Process 3
3-ァミノ- 4-ョード _6-ブロモフタルイミド(60.0 mg, 0.164 mmol)をジェチルァミン(3 mL)に溶解し、フエニルアセチレン(0.027 mL, 0.25 mmol)、ビス (トリフエニルホスフィ ン)ジクロロパラジウム(9.2 mg, 0.013 mmol)及びヨウィ匕同(6.2 mg, 0.033 mmol)をカロ え、アルゴン雰囲気下、室温で 3.5時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水を加えて酢酸ェチ ルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下 溶媒を留去し、残渣を分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1) で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-フエニルェチニル -6-ブロモフタルイミド(50.6 mg,収率 90%)を 得た。  3-Amino-4-iodo_6-bromophthalimide (60.0 mg, 0.164 mmol) is dissolved in jetylamine (3 mL), phenylacetylene (0.027 mL, 0.25 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium ( 9.2 mg, 0.013 mmol) and Yowi Dojin (6.2 mg, 0.033 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours under an argon atmosphere. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 12/1) to give 3-amino-4-phenylethynyl-6-bromophthalimide (50.6 mg, yield 90). %) Was obtained.
APCI-MS m/z: 339 [M— H]—  APCI-MS m / z: 339 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.61 (s, 2H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H) 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.61 (s, 2H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H)
, 11.29 (s, 1H). 11.29 (s, 1H).
工程 4 Process 4
3-ァミノ- 4-フエニルェチュル- 6-ブロモフタルイミド(30.0 mg, 0.0879 mmol)をァセ トニトリル (2.4 mL)に溶解し、 4-ァセチル _1_(4 -ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺラジン(45.4 mg, 0.176 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(1.6 mg, 0.0070 mmol)、トリ (o_トリル)ホスフィン(4. 3 mg, 0.014 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.123 mL, 0.879 mmol)を加え、アルゴン雰 囲気下、還流下で 6.2時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水を加えて酢酸ェチルで抽出し 、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留 去し、残渣を分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 10/1、次いでクロ 口ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 1/1)で精製し、化合物 1 (8.8 mg,収率 19%)を得た。 3-Amino-4-phenyl-6-bromophthalimide (30.0 mg, 0.0879 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2.4 mL) and 4-acetyl-_1_ (4-bulbenzoyl) piperazine (45.4 mg, 0.176 mmol), palladium acetate (1.6 mg, 0.0070 mmol), tri (o_tolyl) phosphine (4.3 mg, 0.014 mmol) and triethylamine (0.123 mL, 0.879 mmol) were added, and the mixture was refluxed in an argon atmosphere under reflux. Stir for hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distill off the solvent under reduced pressure The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 10/1, then chloroform / acetonitrile = 1/1) to obtain compound 1 (8.8 mg, yield 19%). It was.
APCI-MS m/z: 519 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 519 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.01 (s, 3H), 3.49 (m, 8H), 6.65 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.52 (m 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.01 (s, 3H), 3.49 (m, 8H), 6.65 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.52 (m
, 6H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H ), 11.08 (br s, 1H). 6H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 11.08 (br s, 1H).
実施例 2 Example 2
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン- 1-ィル) -6-{2-[4-(4-ァセチルビペラジン- 1-ィル カルボニル)フエニル]ビエル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 2) (E) -3-Amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne-1-yl) -6- {2- [4- (4-acetylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bier} phthalimide (2 compounds 2)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 1の工程 3に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)をジェチルァミン(5 mL)に溶解し、 3_ブチン- 1_オール(0.031 mL, 0.41 mmol )、ビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジウム(15.3 mg, 0.0218 mmol)及びヨウィ匕 銅(10.4 mg, 0.0437 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(酢酸ェチル / メタノーノレ = 15/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン- 1-ィル) -6-ブロモフタ ノレイミド(45.3 mg,収率 54%)を得た。  According to Step 3 of Example 1, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in jetylamine (5 mL) and 3_butyn-1_ol (0.031 mL, 0.41 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium (15.3 mg, 0.0218 mmol) and Yowi copper (10.4 mg, 0.0437 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate / methanolate = 15/1 ) To give 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyn-1-yl) -6-bromophthalanolimide (45.3 mg, yield 54%).
APCI-MS m/z: 307 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 307 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.65 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.99 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.65 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.99
(t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 11.22 (s, 1H). (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 11.22 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン _1 -ィル )_6 -ブロモフタル イミド(42.4 mg, 0.137 mmol)をァセトニトリル(3.4 mL)に溶解し、 4-ァセチル -1_(4_ビ ニルベンゾィル)ピぺラジン(71.0 mg, 0.274 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.5 mg, 0.011 m mol)、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(6.7 mg, 0.022 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.191 mL, 1 .37 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 6/1 、次いでクロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 1/1 1/2)で精製し、化合物 2 (11.7 mg,収率 1 8%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne_1-yl) _6-bromophthalimide (42.4 mg, 0.137 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3.4 mL) and 4-acetyl -1_ (4_vinylbenzoyl) piperazine (71.0 mg, 0.274 mmol), palladium acetate (2.5 mg, 0.011 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (6.7 mg, 0.022 mmol) and triethylamine (0.191 mL, 1.37 mmol), and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 6/1, then black mouth form / acetonitrile = 1/1 1/2) to obtain compound 2 (11.7 mg Yield 18%).
融点: 180-183 °C APCI-MS m/z: 487 [M+H] Melting point: 180-183 ° C APCI-MS m / z: 487 [M + H]
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.68 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (m, 8H), 3  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.68 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (m, 8H), 3
6  6
.64 (m, 2H), 5.00 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 ( d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H) , 11.11 (s, 1H).  .64 (m, 2H), 5.00 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H) 7.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 11.11 (s, 1H).
実施例 3 Example 3
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(l-へキシュル) -6-{2-[4-(4-ァセチルビペラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル) フエニル]ビニル }フタルイミド(化合物 3) (E) -3-Amino-4- (l-hexyl) -6- {2- [4- (4-acetylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] vinyl} phthalimide (compound 3)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 1の工程 3に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(150 mg, 0.409 mmol)をジェチルァミン(7.5 mL)に溶解し、 1_へキシン(0.071 mL, 0.61 mmol)、ビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジウム(23 mg, 0.033 mmol)及びヨウ化銅(15.6 m g, 0.0818 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリ ル = 12/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-(1-へキシェル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(67.7 mg,収 率 52%)を得た。  According to Step 3 of Example 1, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (150 mg, 0.409 mmol) was dissolved in jetylamine (7.5 mL) and 1_hexine (0.071 mL, 0.61 mmol) , Treatment with bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium (23 mg, 0.033 mmol) and copper iodide (15.6 mg, 0.0818 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetononitrile = 12/1) To obtain 3-amino-4- (1-hexyl) -6-bromophthalimide (67.7 mg, yield 52%).
APCI-MS m/z: 319 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 319 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 0.91 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 1H), 2  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 0.91 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 1H), 2
6  6
.52 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (s, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 11.22 (s, 1H).  .52 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (s, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 11.22 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(1-へキシュル )_6_ブロモフタルイミド(64.9 mg, 0.202 mmol)をァセトニトリル(5.2 mL)に溶解し、 4-ァセチル -1_(4_ビュルべンゾ ィル)ピぺラジン(104 mg, 0.404 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(3.6 mg, 0.016 mmol)、トリ (o -トリル)ホスフィン(9.8 mg, 0.032 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.282 mL, 2.02 mmol) で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 3/1)で精 製し、化合物 3 (14.5 mg,収率 14%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (1-hexyl) _6_bromophthalimide (64.9 mg, 0.202 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5.2 mL), and 4-acetyl- 1_ (4 _Burbenzoyl) piperazine (104 mg, 0.404 mmol), palladium acetate (3.6 mg, 0.016 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (9.8 mg, 0.032 mmol) and triethylamine (0.282 mL, 2.02 After treatment with mmol), the product was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / acetonitrile = 3/1) to obtain compound 3 (14.5 mg, yield 14%).
APCI-MS m/z: 499 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 499 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 0.93 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 2 J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 0.93 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 2
6  6
.01 (s, 3H), 2.55 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (m, 8H), 6.41 (s, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 16.7 H z, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J= 16.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 11.09 (br s, 1H). .01 (s, 3H), 2.55 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (m, 8H), 6.41 (s, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 16.7 H z, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 16.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 11.09 ( br s, 1H).
実施例 4 Example 4
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-フエニル -6-{2-[4_(4 -メチルビペラジン _1 -ィルカルボニル)フエニル] ビュル }フタルイミド (化合物 4) (E) -3-Amino-4-phenyl-6- {2- [4_ (4-methylbiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bur} phthalimide (compound 4)
工程 1 Process 1
3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(80.0 mg, 0.218 mmol)を THF (5.6 mL)に溶 解し、フエニルボラン酸(80 mg, 0.65 mmol)、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジ ゥム(20 mg, 0.017 mmol)及び銅 (I)チォフェン- 2-カルボキシレート(CuTC) (125 mg, 0.65 mmol)をカ卩え、アルゴン雰囲気下、室温で 14時間攪拌した。反応混合物に飽和 塩化アンモニゥム水溶液を加えて酢酸ェチルで抽出し、有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナト リウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で洗浄後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去 し、残渣をイソプロピルエーテルでスラリー精製した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー( クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 60/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-フエニル- 6-ブロモフタルイミド (46 mg,収率 66%)及び 3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジフヱニルフタルイミド(7.6 mg,収率 11%)を得た  3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (80.0 mg, 0.218 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5.6 mL), and phenylboric acid (80 mg, 0.65 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) paradium ( 20 mg, 0.017 mmol) and copper (I) thiophene-2-carboxylate (CuTC) (125 mg, 0.65 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 14 hours under an argon atmosphere. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by slurry with isopropyl ether and purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 60/1) to give 3-amino-4-phenyl-6-bromo. Phthalimide (46 mg, 66% yield) and 3-amino-4,6-diphenylphthalimide (7.6 mg, 11% yield) were obtained.
3-ァミノ- 4-フエニル -6-ブロモフタルイミド 3-Amino-4-phenyl-6-bromophthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 315 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 315 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.10 (s, 2H), 7.45—7.53 (m, 6H), 11.24 (s, 1H).  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.10 (s, 2H), 7.45-7.53 (m, 6H), 11.24 (s, 1H).
3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジフヱニルフタルイミド  3-amino-4,6-diphenylphthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 313 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 313 [M_H] —
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 5.58 (s, 2H), 7.27—7.58 (m, 11H), 7.63 (br s, 1H). 工程 2 J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 5.58 (s, 2H), 7.27—7.58 (m, 11H), 7.63 (br s, 1H). Step 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-フエニル -6-ブロモフタルイミド(41.3 mg, 0.1 30 mmol)をァセトニトリル(3.3 mL)に溶解し、 4_メチル -1_(4_ビニルベンゾィル)ピぺ ラジン(75.0 mg, 0.325 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.3 mg, 0.010 mmol)、トリ (o-トリル)ホ スフイン(6.3 mg, 0.021 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.181 mL, 1.30 mmol)で処理し た後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1)で精製し、化合物 4 (31.2 mg,収率 51%)を得た。 According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4-phenyl-6-bromophthalimide (41.3 mg, 0.1 30 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3.3 mL), and 4_methyl-1_ (4_vinylbenzoyl) After treatment with piperazine (75.0 mg, 0.325 mmol), palladium acetate (2.3 mg, 0.010 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (6.3 mg, 0.021 mmol) and triethylamine (0.181 mL, 1.30 mmol) , Purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 15/1), compound 4 (31.2 mg, 51% yield) was obtained.
融点: 274-276 °C Melting point: 274-276 ° C
APCI-MS m/z: 467 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 467 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 4H), 3.35 (m, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H)  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 4H), 3.35 (m, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H)
6  6
, 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.55 (m, 6H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H) , 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.09 (s, 1H).  7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.55 (m, 6H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.09 (s, 1H).
実施例 5 Example 5
3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)-3-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィル) -3-ォキソ -1-プロぺニル ]-6-{(E)-2-[ 4-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィル)フエニル]ビエル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 5) 3-Amino-4-[(E) -3- (4-methylbiperazine-1-yl) -3-oxo-1-propenyl] -6-{(E) -2- [4- (4- Methylbiperazine-1-yl) phenyl] phthal} phthalimide (compound 5)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 19の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(300 mg, 0.818 mmol)をァセトニトリル(18 mL)に溶解し、アクリル酸(0.112 mL, 1.64 mmol)、酢酸パ ラジウム(14.7 mg, 0.0654 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(1.14 mL, 8.18 mmol)で処理し た後、クロ口ホルムでスラリー精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)-2-カルボキシビニル] -6-ブロモ フタルイミド(218 mg,収率 86%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 19, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (300 mg, 0.818 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (18 mL), acrylic acid (0.112 mL, 1.64 mmol), acetic acid After treatment with palladium (14.7 mg, 0.0654 mmol) and triethylamine (1.14 mL, 8.18 mmol), the slurry was purified with black mouth form to give 3-amino-4-[(E) -2-carboxyvinyl] -6 -Bromophthalimide (218 mg, 86% yield) was obtained.
ESI-MS m/z: 309 [M—H]— ESI-MS m / z: 309 [M—H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.58 (d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (s, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 15  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.58 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (s, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 15
6  6
.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H).  .6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 13の工程 2に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)-2-カルボキシビュル] -6-ブロモフタル イミド(70.0 mg, 0.225 mmol)を DMF (3.5 mL)に溶解し、 EDCI (86 mg, 0.45 mmol)、 Η〇ΒΤ· 1水和物(17.2 g, 0.113 mmol)及び N_メチルピペラジン(0.075 mL, 0.068 mm ol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/アセトン = 8/1)で精製し 、 3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)-3-(4-メチルピペラジン- 1_ィル) _3_ォキソ _1_プロぺニル ]-6-ブロモ フタノレイミド(45.5 mg,収率 51%)を得た。  According to Step 2 of Example 13, 3-amino-4-[(E) -2-carboxybutyl] -6-bromophthalimide (70.0 mg, 0.225 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3.5 mL) and EDCI ( 86 mg, 0.45 mmol), Η〇ΒΤ · monohydrate (17.2 g, 0.113 mmol) and N_methylpiperazine (0.075 mL, 0.068 mm ol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form) / Acetone = 8/1) and purified 3-amino-4-[(E) -3- (4-methylpiperazine-1_yl) _3_oxo_1_propenyl] -6-bromophthaloleimide ( 45.5 mg, yield 51%) was obtained.
ESI-MS m/z: 393 [M+H]+ ESI-MS m / z: 393 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.56 (br s, 2H), 3.69 (br J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.56 (br s, 2H), 3.69 (br
6  6
s, 2H), 6.72 (s, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 11.21 (s, 1H). s, 2H), 6.72 (s, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 11.21 (s, 1H).
[0110] 工程 3 [0110] Step 3
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)-3-(4-メチルビペラジン-トイル)- 3-ォキ ソ- 1-プロぺニル ]-6-ブロモフタルイミド(39.6 mg, 0. 101 mmol)をァセトニトリノレ(3.2 m L)に溶解し、 4_メチル _1_(4-ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺラジン(58.0 mg, 0.253 mmol)、 酢酸パラジウム(2.3 mg, 0.010 mmol) ,トリ (ο_トリル)ホスフィン(6. 1 mg, 0.020 mmol) 及びトリェチルァミン(0. 141 mL, 1.01 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィ 一(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/ 1 )で精製し、化合物 5 ( 18.9 mg,収率 34%)を得た。 ESI-MS m/z: 543 [M+H]+ According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4-[(E) -3- (4-methylbiperazine-toyl) -3-oxo-1-propenyl] -6-bromophthalimide (39.6 mg, 0.101 mmol) dissolved in acetonitrile (3.2 mL), 4_methyl_1_ (4-Bulbenzoyl) piperazine (58.0 mg, 0.253 mmol), palladium acetate (2.3 mg, 0.010 mmol), Treated with tri (ο_tolyl) phosphine (6.1 mg, 0.020 mmol) and triethylamine (0.141 mL, 1.01 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (chromium formaldehyde / methanol = 12/1) Purification gave compound 5 (18.9 mg, yield 34%). ESI-MS m / z: 543 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2. 19 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.32 (br s, 8H), 3.59 (br s, 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2. 19 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.32 (br s, 8H), 3.59 (br s,
4H), 3.72 (br s, 4H), 6.79 (s, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 15. 1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.51 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 15. 1 Hz, 1H), 8 .06 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 1 1.09 (s, 1H). 4H), 3.72 (br s, 4H), 6.79 (s, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.51 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s , 1H), 1 1.09 (s, 1H).
実施例 6  Example 6
[0111] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-[4- (ヒドロキシメチル)フエニル] -6-{2-[4-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィル カルボニル)フヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィヒ合物 6)  [0111] (E) -3-Amino-4- [4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] -6- {2- [4- (4-methylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bur} phthalimide Compound 6)
工程 1  Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (7 mL)に溶解し、 4 -(ヒドロキシメチル)フエニルボラン酸(83 mg, 0.55 m mol)、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(25 mg, 0.022 mmol)及び CuTC ( 1 04 mg, 0.546 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノ 一ル= 15/ 1 )で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-[4 -(ヒドロキシメチル)フエニル] -6-ブロモフタルイ ミド(61 mg,収率 64%)及び 3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ [4- (ヒドロキシメチル)フヱニル]フタルイミド( 29 mg,収率 29%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (7 mL) and 4- (hydroxymethyl) phenylboranoic acid (83 mg , 0.55 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (25 mg, 0.022 mmol) and CuTC (104 mg, 0.546 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanoyl = 15/1)), and 3-amino-4- [4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] -6-bromophthalimide (61 mg, yield 64%) and 3-amino-4-, 6-di [4- (Hydroxymethyl) phenyl] phthalimide (29 mg, yield 29%) was obtained.
3-ァミノ- 4-[4- (ヒドロキシメチル)フエニル] -6-ブロモフタルイミド  3-Amino-4- [4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] -6-bromophthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 345 [M— H]—  APCI-MS m / z: 345 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 4.56 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 5.28 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.07 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 4.56 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 5.28 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.07
(s, 2H), 7.43 (m, 5H), 1 1.22 (s, 1H). 3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ [4- (ヒドロキシメチル)フエニル]フタルイミド (s, 2H), 7.43 (m, 5H), 1 1.22 (s, 1H). 3-Amino-4,6-di [4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] phthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 373 [M— H]— APCI-MS m / z: 373 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 4.47-4.57 (m, 4H), 5.19 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (t, J 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 4.47-4.57 (m, 4H), 5.19 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (t, J
= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.95 (m, 9H), 10.99 (s, 1H). = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.95 (m, 9H), 10.99 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4の方法に準じて、 3 -ァミノ _4_[4- (ヒドロキシメチル)フヱニル]- 6 -ブ ロモフタルイミド(54.8 mg, 0.158 mmol)をァセトニトリル(4.4 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル- 1-(4-ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺラジン(91 mg, 0.40 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.8 mg, 0.0 13 mmol) ,トリ (ο_トリル)ホスフィン(7.7 mg, 0.025 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.220 mL, 1.58 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1、次いで酢酸ェチル /メタノール = 3/1)で精製し、化合物 6 (22.3 mg,収率 28% )を得た。  According to the method of Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino_4_ [4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl] -6-bromophthalimide (54.8 mg, 0.158 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4.4 mL), and 4- Methyl-1- (4-bulbenzoyl) piperazine (91 mg, 0.40 mmol), palladium acetate (2.8 mg, 0.0 13 mmol), tri (ο_tolyl) phosphine (7.7 mg, 0.025 mmol) and triethylamine ( 0.220 mL, 1.58 mmol), and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 15/1, then ethyl acetate / methanol = 3/1) to give compound 6 (22.3 mg, yield) 28%).
ESI-MS m/z: 495 [M—H]—  ESI-MS m / z: 495 [M—H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 4.58 (d, 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 4.58 (d,
J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 5.29 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (s, 2H), 7.28—7.47 (m, 7H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.08 (s, 1H). J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 5.29 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (s, 2H), 7.28—7.47 (m, 7H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.85 ( s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.08 (s, 1H).
実施例 7 Example 7
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシフヱニル) -6-{2-[4_(4-メチルピペラジン _1 -ィルカルボ二 ノレ)フエニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(化合物 7) (E) -3-Amino-4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -6- {2- [4_ (4-methylpiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (compound 7)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (12 mL)、水(0.5 mL)に溶解し、 4- (4,4,5,5_テトラメチル _1,3,2_ジォキ サボラン- 2-ィル)フエノール(180 mg, 0.819 mmol)、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン) パラジウム(37.8 mg, 0.0328 mmol)及び CuTC (156 mg, 0.819 mmol)で処理した後、 分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリル =2/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4- (4-ヒドロキシフヱニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(41.4 mg,収率 45%)及び 3_ァミノ- 4,6_ジ (4-ヒドロキシフエニル)フタルイミド(14.8 mg,収率 16%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (12 mL) and water (0.5 mL), and 4- (4, 4,5,5_tetramethyl _1,3,2_dioxosabolan-2-yl) phenol (180 mg, 0.819 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (37.8 mg, 0.0328 mmol) and CuTC (156 mg , 0.819 mmol), and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / acetonitrile = 2/1) to give 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide ( 41.4 mg, yield 45%) and 3_amino-4,6_di (4-hydroxyphenyl) phthalimide (14.8 mg, yield 16%).
3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシフエニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド ESI— MS m/z: 331 [M_H]— 3-Amino-4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide ESI— MS m / z: 331 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.05 (s, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.6  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.05 (s, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.6
6  6
Hz, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 11.17 (s, 1H).  Hz, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 11.17 (s, 1H).
3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ (4 -ヒドロキシフヱニル)フタルイミド 3-Amino-4,6-di (4-hydroxyphenyl) phthalimide
ESI-MS m/z: 345 [M—H]— ESI-MS m / z: 345 [M—H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.4  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.4
6  6
Hz, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 9.48 (s, 1 H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 10.90 (s, 1H).  Hz, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 9.48 (s, 1 H), 9.67 (s, 1H) , 10.90 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシフエニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド (31.4 mg, 0.0943 mmol)をァセトニトリノレ(3.1 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1_(4_ビュルべ ンゾィル)ピぺラジン(54.0 mg, 0.236 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(1.7 mg, 0.0075 mmol) 、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(4.6 mg, 0.015 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.131 mL, 0.943 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1、 次いで酢酸ェチル /メタノール = 3/1)で精製し、化合物 7 (26.5 mg,収率 58%)を得た 融点: 265-266 °C  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide (31.4 mg, 0.0943 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrinole (3.1 mL) to give 4-methyl-1_ (4_Bulbenzoyl) piperazine (54.0 mg, 0.236 mmol), palladium acetate (1.7 mg, 0.0075 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (4.6 mg, 0.015 mmol) and triethylamine (0.131 mL, 0.943 mmol) ) And purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chromium form / methanol = 12/1, then ethyl acetate / methanol = 3/1) to obtain compound 7 (26.5 mg, yield 58%). Melting point: 265-266 ° C
ESI-MS m/z: 483 [M+H]+ ESI-MS m / z: 483 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.10 (s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.10 (s,
6  6
2H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7. 41 (d, J= 17.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J= 17.1 Hz, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H).  2H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H).
実施例 8 Example 8
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン _1 -ィル )_6_(2-フエ二ルビニル)フタルイミド(ィ匕合 物 8) (E) -3-Amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne_1-yl) _6_ (2-phenylvinyl) phthalimide (compound 8)
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン- 1-ィル) -6-ブロモフタル イミド(70.0 mg, 0.226 mmol)をァセトニトリル(4.9 mL)に溶解し、 trans_(2_フエ二ルビ ニル)ボラン酸(67.0 mg, 0.452 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(4.1 mg, 0.018 mmol)、トリ (o- トリル)ホスフィン(11 mg, 0.036 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.315 mし, 2.26 mmol)で 処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1— 10/1)で 精製し、化合物 8 (15.9 mg,収率 21%)を得た。 According to Step 1 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne-1-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (70.0 mg, 0.226 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4.9 mL) and trans_ (2_phenylvinyl) boranoic acid (67.0 mg, 0.452 mmol), palladium acetate (4.1 mg, 0.018 mmol), tri (o- Treatment with (tolyl) phosphine (11 mg, 0.036 mmol) and triethylamine (0.315 m, 2.26 mmol), followed by purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 15 / 1—10 / 1) Compound 8 (15.9 mg, yield 21%) was obtained.
ESI-MS m/z: 331 [M—H]— ESI-MS m / z: 331 [M—H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.67 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (dt, J = 5.8, 6.5 Hz, 2H) 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.67 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (dt, J = 5.8, 6.5 Hz, 2H)
, 4.99 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) , 7.98 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 11.08 (s, 1H). , 4.99 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 11.08 (s, 1H).
実施例 9 Example 9
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-[4-(N,N-ジメチルァミノ)フエニル] -6-{2-[4-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィ ノレカルボニル)フエニル]ビニノレ }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 9) (E) -3-Amino-4- [4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl] -6- {2- [4- (4-methylbiperazine-1-ynolecarbonyl) phenyl] vininole} phthalimide ( Compound 9)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (7 mL)に溶解し、 4_(N,N-ジメチルァミノ)フエニルボラン酸(90.0 mg, 0. 546 mmol)、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol)及び CuTC (104 mg, 0.546 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム /ァセトニトリル = 2/1、次いでへキサン/酢酸ェチル = 2/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-[4_( N,N_ジメチルァミノ)フエニル] -6-ブロモフタルイミド(33.8 mg,収率 34%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (7 mL) and 4_ (N, N-dimethylamino) phenylboranoic acid ( 90.0 mg, 0.546 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol) and CuTC (104 mg, 0.546 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetonitrile = 2/1, then hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1) and purified 3-amino-4- [4_ (N, N_dimethylamino) phenyl] -6-bromophthalimide (33.8 mg, yield 34%) Got.
ESI-MS m/z: 358 [M—H]— ESI-MS m / z: 358 [M—H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.95 (s, 6H), 6.05 (s, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7. 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.95 (s, 6H), 6.05 (s, 2H), 6.83 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.
31 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H). 31 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-[4- (N,N-ジメチルァミノ)フエニルト 6-ブロモ フタルイミド(25.5 mg, 0.0708 mmol)をァセトニトリル(2.6 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル 4-ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺラジン(41.0 mg, 0.177 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(1.3 mg, 0.0 057 mmol) ,トリ (ο_トリル)ホスフィン(3.4 mg, 0.011 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.099 mL, 0.71 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1)で精製し、化合物 9 (25.0 mg,収率 69%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- [4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl 6-bromophthalimide (25.5 mg, 0.0708 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2.6 mL). Methyl 4-bulbenzoyl) piperazine (41.0 mg, 0.177 mmol), palladium acetate (1.3 mg, 0.0 057 mmol), tri (ο_tolyl) phosphine (3.4 mg, 0.011 mmol) and triethylamine (0.099 mL, 0.71 After treatment with mmol), the product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 15/1) to obtain Compound 9 (25.0 mg, yield 69%).
ESI-MS m/z: 510 [M+H]+ Ή-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 2.96 (s, 6H), 3.50 (br s,ESI-MS m / z: 510 [M + H] + NMR-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 2.96 (s, 6H), 3.50 (br s,
4H), 6.10 (s, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.31—7.44 (m, 5H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.02 (s, 1H). 4H), 6.10 (s, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.31—7.44 (m, 5H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.02 (s, 1H).
実施例 10  Example 10
[0115] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン _1 -ィル )_6_{2_[4_(4 -メチルビペラジン- 1-ィルカ ルボニル)フヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィヒ合物 10)  [0115] (E) -3-Amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne_1-yl) _6_ {2_ [4_ (4-methylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (Dych compound 10)
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-ヒドロキシブチン- 1-ィル) -6-ブロモフタル イミド(60.0 mg, 0.194 mmol)をァセトニトリル(5.8 mL)に溶解し、 4_メチル -1_(4_ビニ ルベンゾィル)ピぺラジン(156 mg, 0.679 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(7.1 mg, 0.031 mmo 1)、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン (19 mg, 0.062 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.540 mし, 3.88 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 13/1、 次いで酢酸ェチル /メタノール = 1/1)で精製し、化合物 10 (7.1 mg,収率 8%)を得た。 融点: 163-166 °C  According to Step 1 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (4-hydroxybutyne-1-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (60.0 mg, 0.194 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5.8 mL). _Methyl-1_ (4_vinylbenzoyl) piperazine (156 mg, 0.679 mmol), palladium acetate (7.1 mg, 0.031 mmo 1), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (19 mg, 0.062 mmol) and triethylamine (0.540 , 3.88 mmol), and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 13/1, then ethyl acetate / methanol = 1/1) to give compound 10 (7.1 mg, yield) 8%) was obtained. Melting point: 163-166 ° C
APCI-MS m/z: 459 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 459 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (CDCl + CD OD) δ (ppm): 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.77 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 'H-NMR (CDCl + CD OD) δ (ppm): 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.77 (t, J = 6.1 Hz,
2H), 3.30 (m, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 7 • 9 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H). 2H), 3.30 (m, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 7 • 9 Hz, 2H), 7.59 ( d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H).
実施例 11  Example 11
[0116] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(4-カルボキシフエニル) -6-{2-[4-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィルカルボ ニル)フエニル]ビエル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 11)  [0116] (E) -3-Amino-4- (4-carboxyphenyl) -6- {2- [4- (4-methylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bier} phthalimide (compound 11 )
工程 1  Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (7 mL)に溶解し、 4_カルボキシフエニルボラン酸(91.0 mg, 0.546 mmol )、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol)及び CuTC (1 04 mg, 0.546 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセト 二トリル =4/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-カルボキシフエニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(5 5.9 mg,収率 57%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (7 mL) and 4_carboxyphenylboranoic acid (91.0 mg, 0.546 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol) and CuTC (104 mg, 0.546 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / aceto nitrile = 4 / Purification was performed in 1) to obtain 3-amino-4- (4-carboxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide (5 5.9 mg, yield 57%).
APCI-MS m/z: 359 [M_H]— Ή-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 6.19 (s, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 8.APCI-MS m / z: 359 [M_H] — NMR-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 6.19 (s, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 8.
04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 11.26 (s, 1H). 04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 11.26 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-カルボキシフエ二ル)- 6 -ブロモフタルイミ ド(50.1 mg, 0.139 mmol)をァセトニトリル(10 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル _1_(4 -ビュルべ ンゾィル)ピぺラジン(80.0 mg, 0.348 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(3.7 mg, 0.017 mmol)、 トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(10.2 mg, 0.0334 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.388 mL, 2.78 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 8/1、次 いでクロ口ホルム/メタノール/酢酸 = 8/1/0.1)で精製し、化合物 11 (9.7 mg,収率 14% )を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (4-carboxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide (50.1 mg, 0.139 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL). Methyl _1_ (4-Bulbenzoyl) piperazine (80.0 mg, 0.348 mmol), palladium acetate (3.7 mg, 0.017 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (10.2 mg, 0.0334 mmol) and triethylamine (0.388 mL, 2.78 mmol), and purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 8/1, then black mouth form / methanol / acetic acid = 8/1 / 0.1) to give compound 11 (9.7 mg Yield 14%).
APCI-MS m/z: 511 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 511 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.18 (s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.18 (s,
2H), 7.31-7.59 (m, 7H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz , 1H). 2H), 7.31-7.59 (m, 7H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H).
実施例 12 Example 12
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-(3,5 -ジクロロフヱ二ル)- 6_{2_[4-(4-メチルピペラジン- 1-ィルカルボ二 ノレ)フエニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 12) (E) -3-Amino-4- (3,5-dichlorophenyl) -6_ {2_ [4- (4-methylpiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (compound 12)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (7 mL)に溶解し、 3,5-ジクロロフェニルボラン酸(104 mg, 0.546 mmol) 、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol)及び CuTC (10 4 mg, 0.546 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニ トリル = 100/1、次いでクロ口ホルム/アセトン = 50/1)で精製し、 3 -ァミノ-4 -(3,5 -ジク ロロフヱニル) _6_ブロモフタルイミド(27.2 mg,収率 26%)及び 3 -ァミノ -4,6 -ジ (3,5_ジク ロロフエニル)フタルイミド(20.7 mg,収率 17%)を得た。 According to Step 1 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (7 mL), and 3,5-dichlorophenylboranoic acid (104 mg, 0.546 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (25.2 mg, 0.0218 mmol) and CuTC (10 4 mg, 0.546 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetonitol = 100/1 , then purified by black port Holm / acetone = 50/1), 3 - Amino - 4 - (3,5 - dichlorobenzoyl Rorofuweniru) _6_ bromophthalimide (27.2 mg, 26% yield) and 3 - Amino -4, 6-di (3,5_dichlorophenyl) phthalimide (20.7 mg, 17% yield) was obtained.
3-ァミノ- 4-(3,5-ジクロロフヱニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド 3-Amino-4- (3,5-dichlorophenyl) -6-bromophthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 385 [M— H]— APCI-MS m / z: 385 [M— H] —
3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ (3, 5-ジクロロフエニル)フタルイミド APCI-MS m/z: 449 [M— H]— 3-Amino-4,6-di (3,5-dichlorophenyl) phthalimide APCI-MS m / z: 449 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.39 (s, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.56—7.59 (m, 3H), 7.67—7. 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.39 (s, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.67-7.
68 (m, 3H), 11.14 (s, 1H). 68 (m, 3H), 11.14 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(3,5 -ジクロ口フエニル) _6_ブロモフタルイミド (24.0 mg, 0.0622 mmol)をァセトニトリル(1.92 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1_(4_ビュル ベンゾィル)ピぺラジン(36.0 mg, 0.156 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.2 mg, 0.010 mmol) 、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(6.0 mg, 0.020 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.087 mL, 0.62 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1)で 精製し、化合物 12 (9.2 mg,収率 28%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (3,5-dichlorophenyl) _6_bromophthalimide (24.0 mg, 0.0622 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (1.92 mL) and 4-methyl- 1_ (4_Buylbenzoyl) piperazine (36.0 mg, 0.156 mmol), palladium acetate (2.2 mg, 0.010 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (6.0 mg, 0.020 mmol) and triethylamine (0.087 mL, 0.62 mmol) ), And purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 12/1) to obtain Compound 12 (9.2 mg, yield 28%).
APCI-MS m/z: 535 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 535 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (CDC1 ) δ (ppm): 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.50 (br s, 4H), 3.73 (br s, 2H), 3.75 (br s, J H-NMR (CDC1) δ (ppm): 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.50 (br s, 4H), 3.73 (br s, 2H), 3.75 (br s,
2H), 5.56 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J= 8. 3 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J = 1.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 8. 19 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (br s, 1H). 2H), 5.56 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.50 ( dd, J = 1.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (br s, 1H).
実施例 13 Example 13
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4-{4-[4_(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)ピペラジン- 1 -ィルカルボニル]フエ二 ノレト 6-{2-[4_(4-メチルピペラジン _1 -ィルカルボニル)フヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィ匕 合物 13) (E) -3-Amino-4- {4- [4_ (tert-butoxycarbonyl) piperazine-1-ylcarbonyl] phenol 6- {2- [4_ (4-methylpiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} Phthalimide (Compound 13)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(300 mg, 0.818 mmol)を THF (14 mL)に溶解し、 4-カルボキシフエニルボラン酸(182 mg, 1.64 mmol) 、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(75.6 mg, 0.0982 mmol)及び CuTC (20 8 mg, 1.64 mmol)で処理した後、クロ口ホルムでのスラリー及び分取薄層クロマトグラ フィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール/酢酸 = 8/1/0.1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-カルボキシ フエニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド及び 3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ (4-カルボキシフエニル)フタルイミ ドの混合物(277 mg)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (300 mg, 0.818 mmol) was dissolved in THF (14 mL) and 4-carboxyphenylboranoic acid (182 mg, 1.64 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (75.6 mg, 0.0982 mmol) and CuTC (20 8 mg, 1.64 mmol), followed by slurry and preparative thin layer chromatography in black mouth form (black mouth). (Form / methanol / acetic acid = 8/1 / 0.1) and purified 3-amino-4- (4-carboxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide and 3-amino-4-6-di (4-carboxyphenyl) A mixture of phthalimide (277 mg) was obtained.
工程 2 3-ァミノ- 4-(4-カルボキシフエニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド及び 3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ (4-力 ルボキシフエニル)フタルイミドの混合物(183 mg, 0.541 mmol)を DMF (5.5 mL)に溶 解し、氷冷下、 EDCI (389 mg, 2.16 mmol)及び HOBT' l水和物(78.0 g, 0.541 mmol) を加え、同温度で 5分間撹拌した。次いで、 tert-ブチル _1 -ピペラジンカルボキシレ ート(472 mg, 2.54 mmol)を加え、室温で 13時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加えて 酢酸ェチルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し た。減圧下溶媒を留去し、残渣を分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/アセトン = 8/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4-{4-[4_(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)ピぺラジン- 1-ィルカル ボニル]フヱニル}-6_ブロモフタルイミド(131 mg,収率 46%)及び 3_ァミノ- 4,6-ジ {[4_(t ert -ブトキシカルボ二ノレ)ピペラジン- 1-ィルカルボ二ノレ]フエ二ノレ }フタルイミド(36.0 mg ,収率 9%)を得た。 Process 2 Mixture of 3-amino-4- (4-carboxyphenyl) -6-bromophthalimide and 3-amino-4,6-di (4-force ruboxyphenyl) phthalimide (183 mg, 0.541 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) Then, EDCI (389 mg, 2.16 mmol) and HOBT ′ l hydrate (78.0 g, 0.541 mmol) were added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 minutes. Subsequently, tert-butyl_1-piperazinecarboxylate (472 mg, 2.54 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / acetone = 8/1), and 3-amino-4- {4- [4_ (tert-butoxycarbonyl) pipe Razin-1-ylcarbonyl] phenyl} -6_bromophthalimide (131 mg, 46% yield) and 3_amino-4,6-di {[4_ (tert-butoxycarboninole) piperazine-1-ylcarb Ninole] Pheninole} phthalimide (36.0 mg, 9% yield) was obtained.
3-ァミノ- 4-{4-[4_(tert_ブトキシカルボニル)ピぺラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル]フエ二ル 6-ブロモフタルイミド  3-Amino-4- {4- [4_ (tert_butoxycarbonyl) piperazine-1-ylcarbonyl] phenyl 6-bromophthalimide
APCI-MS m/z: 527 [M— H]— APCI-MS m / z: 527 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (CDCl ) δ (ppm): 1.48 (s, 9H), 3.49—3.77 (m, 8H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1  'H-NMR (CDCl) δ (ppm): 1.48 (s, 9H), 3.49—3.77 (m, 8H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1
3  Three
H), 7.50 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (br s, 1H).  H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (br s, 1H).
3-ァミノ- 4,6-ジ {[4-(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)ピぺラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル]フエニル 3-amino-4,6-di {[4- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) piperazine-1-ylcarbonyl] phenyl
}フタ/レイミド } Lid / Reimide
APCI-MS m/z: 737 [M— H]—  APCI-MS m / z: 737 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (CDCl ) δ (ppm): 1.47 (s, 18H), 3.39—3.72 (m, 16H), 5.59 (s, 2H), 7.33 (s,  'H-NMR (CDCl) δ (ppm): 1.47 (s, 18H), 3.39—3.72 (m, 16H), 5.59 (s, 2H), 7.33 (s,
3  Three
1H), 7.44-7.61 (m, 8H), 8.12 (br s, 1H).  1H), 7.44-7.61 (m, 8H), 8.12 (br s, 1H).
工程 3 Process 3
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-{4-[4- (tert-ブトキシカルボニル)ピペラジン- 1-ィルカルボ二ノレ]フエ二ノレ }_6-ブロモフタルイミド(107 mg, 0.203 mmol)をァセトニト リル(17 mL)に溶解し、 4_メチル _1_(4 -ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺラジン(117 mg, 0.508 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(5.4 mg, 0.024 mmol)、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(14.8 mg, 0.04 87 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.566 mL, 4.06 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマ トグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 3/1— 1/1、次いでクロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1)で精製し、化合物 13 (92.7 mg,収率 67%)を得た。 According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- {4- [4- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) piperazine-1-ylcarbonylino] phenenole} _6-bromophthalimide (107 mg, 0.203 mmol ) In acetonitrile (17 mL), 4_methyl _1_ (4-Bulbenzoyl) piperazine (117 mg, 0.508 mmol), palladium acetate (5.4 mg, 0.024 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) After treatment with phosphine (14.8 mg, 0.04 87 mmol) and triethylamine (0.566 mL, 4.06 mmol), preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetonitrile = 3 / 1— 1/1, then black mouth form / methanol = 12/1) to obtain Compound 13 (92.7 mg, 67% yield).
APCI-MS m/z: 679 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 679 [M + H] +
H-NMR (CDCl ) δ (ppm): 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.47 (br s, 4H), 3.53—3.79 (m, H-NMR (CDCl) δ (ppm): 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.47 (br s, 4H), 3.53–3.79 (m,
12H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.62 ( m, 6H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (br s, 1H). 12H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.62 (m, 6H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (br s, 1H).
実施例 14  Example 14
[0120] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-{4-[4-ピぺラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル]フエ二ル}-6-{2-[4-(4-メチルビ ペラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル)フエニル]ビニル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 14)  [0120] (E) -3-Amino-4- {4- [4-piperazine-1-ylcarbonyl] phenyl} -6- {2- [4- (4-methylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) [Phenyl] vinyl} phthalimide (compound 14)
化合物 13 (77.0 mg, 0.113 mmol)をメタノーノレ(3.1 mL)に溶解し、 10%塩化水素一メ タノール溶液(1.5 mL)をカ卩え、 60 °Cで 5時間攪拌した。反応混合物を減圧下、濃縮 した後、ジクロロメタン(3 mL)及びトリフルォロ酢酸(1 mL)をカ卩え、 18時間撹拌した。 次に、減圧下溶媒を留去し、残渣を分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノ ール /7 mol/Lアンモニア メタノール溶液 = 12/0.5/0.5)で精製し、化合物 14 (23.3 mg,収率 36%)を得た。  Compound 13 (77.0 mg, 0.113 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3.1 mL), 10% hydrogen chloride monoethanol solution (1.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dichloromethane (3 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 18 hr. Next, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol / 7 mol / L ammonia methanol solution = 12 / 0.5 / 0.5) to obtain compound 14 (23.3 mg, yield 36%).
融点: 198-201 °C  Melting point: 198-201 ° C
APCI-MS m/z: 579 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 579 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 2.70 (br s, 4H), 3.54 (br s, 8H), 6.24 (s, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 4H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.3 0 (s, 1H), 11.02 (br s, 1H).  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 2.70 (br s, 4H), 3.54 (br s, 8H), 6.24 (s, 2H ), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 4H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.3 0 (s, 1H), 11.02 (br s, 1H).
実施例 15  Example 15
[0121] (E)-3-ァミノ- 4-ァセチル -6-{2-[4-(4-メチルビペラジン- 1-ィルカルボニル)フエニル] ビュル }フタルイミド(化合物 15)  [0121] (E) -3-Amino-4-acetyl-6- {2- [4- (4-methylbiperazine-1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bur} phthalimide (compound 15)
工程 1  Process 1
3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)をトルエン(5 mL)に 溶解し、トリブチル (1-エトキシビニル)スズ(0.111 mL, 0.328 mmol)及びビス (トリフエ二 ルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジウム(15.3 mg, 0.0218 mmol)を加え、アルゴン雰囲気下、 70。Cで 3.5時間攪拌した。トリブチル (1-エトキシビュル)スズ(0.055 mL, 0.16 mmol) 及びビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジウム(3.8 mg, 0.0055 mmol)を追カロし、 同温度で、さらに 3時間撹拌した。反応液に 10%フッ化アンモニゥム水溶液を加えて酢 酸ェチルで抽出した後、有機層に 1 mol/L塩酸をカ卩え、室温で 30分間撹拌した。再 び、酢酸ェチルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで 乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、残渣をクロ口ホルム/メタノール (9/1)でスラリー精製 し、 3-ァミノ- 4-ァセチル -6-ブロモフタルイミド(42.9 mg,収率 56%)を得た。 3-Amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and tributyl (1-ethoxyvinyl) tin (0.111 mL, 0.328 mmol) and bis (triphenyl) are dissolved. Add phosphine) dichloropalladium (15.3 mg, 0.0218 mmol), 70 under argon atmosphere. Stir at C for 3.5 hours. Tributyl (1-ethoxybutyl) tin (0.055 mL, 0.16 mmol) And bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium (3.8 mg, 0.0055 mmol) were added, and the mixture was further stirred at the same temperature for 3 hours. After adding 10% ammonium fluoride aqueous solution to the reaction solution and extracting with ethyl acetate, 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid was added to the organic layer and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted again with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by slurry using chloroform / methanol (9/1) to obtain 3-amino-4-acetyl-6-bromophthalimide (42.9 mg, yield 56%).
APCI-MS m/z: 283 [M+H]+ APCI-MS m / z: 283 [M + H] +
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.62 (s, 3H), 7.61 (br s, 2H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 11.37 (s, 1 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.62 (s, 3H), 7.61 (br s, 2H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 11.37 (s, 1
H) . H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ァセチル -6-ブロモフタルイミド(39.9 mg, 0.1 41 mmol)をァセトニトリル(3.2 mL)に溶解し、 4_メチル _1_(4 -ビュルべンゾィル)ピぺ ラジン(81 mg, 0.35 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.5 mg, 0.011 mmol)、トリ (o-トリル)ホス フィン(6.9 mg, 0.023 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.197 mし, 1.41 mmol)で処理した 後、クロ口ホルム/メタノール(9/1)でスラリー精製し、化合物 15 (44.7 mg,収率 73%)を 得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4-acetyl-6-bromophthalimide (39.9 mg, 0.1 41 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3.2 mL), and 4_methyl_1_ (4-bulbenzoyl) was dissolved. ) Treated with piperazine (81 mg, 0.35 mmol), palladium acetate (2.5 mg, 0.011 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (6.9 mg, 0.023 mmol) and triethylamine (0.197 m, 1.41 mmol) Then, slurry purification was performed using black mouth form / methanol (9/1) to obtain Compound 15 (44.7 mg, yield 73%).
ESI-MS m/z: 433 [M+H]+ ESI-MS m / z: 433 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 3.48 (br s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 3.48 (br s,
4H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7 .70 (br s, 2H), 8.05 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 11.25 (s, 1H). 4H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (br s, 2H), 8.05 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 11.25 (s, 1H).
実施例 16 Example 16
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4- (ピリジン- 3-ィル) -6-{2-[4-(4-メチルピペラジン _1 -ィルカルボニル)フ ヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(化合物 16)  (E) -3-Amino-4- (pyridin-3-yl) -6- {2- [4- (4-methylpiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] butyl} phthalimide (Compound 16)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 4の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(200 mg, 0.545 mmol)を THF (14 mL)に溶解し、ジェチル (ピリジン- 3_ィル)ボラン(160 mg, 1.09 mmo According to Step 1 of Example 4, 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (200 mg, 0.545 mmol) was dissolved in THF (14 mL), and jetyl (pyridine-3_yl) borane ( 160 mg, 1.09 mmo
I)、テトラキス (トリフエニルホスフィン)パラジウム(50.4 mg, 0.0436 mmol)及び CuTC (2 08 mg, 1.09 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニ トリル = 6/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4- (ピリジン- 3-ィル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(104 mg, 収率 60%)を得た。 I), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (50.4 mg, 0.0436 mmol) and CuTC (2 08 mg, 1.09 mmol), followed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetoni The product was purified by tolyl = 6/1) to obtain 3-amino-4- (pyridine-3-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (104 mg, yield 60%).
APCI-MS m/z: 316 [M— H]— APCI-MS m / z: 316 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.25 (s, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 5.6, 7.2 Hz, 1  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.25 (s, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 5.6, 7.2 Hz, 1
6  6
H), 7.89 (ddd, J = 2.0, 2.0, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 2H), 11.26 (s, 1H). 工程 2  H), 7.89 (ddd, J = 2.0, 2.0, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 2H), 11.26 (s, 1H).
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4- (ピリジン- 3-ィル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(54. 7 mg, 0.172 mmol)をァセトニトリル(4.4 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1_(4_ビュルべンゾ ィル)ピぺラジン(99 mg, 0.43 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(3.1 mg, 0.014 mmol)、トリ (o_ト リル)ホスフィン(8.4 mg, 0.028 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.240 mL, 1.72 mmol)を 加え、還流下 13時間撹拌した。次に、 DMF (4.4 mL)、酢酸パラジウム(1.6 mg, 0.006 9 mmol) ,トリ (ο_トリル)ホスフィン(4.2 mg, 0.014 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.240 m L, 1.72 mmol)を追加し、さらに、 5時間撹拌した。分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口 ホルム/メタノール =8/1、次いで酢酸ェチル /メタノール/トリェチルァミン = 30/1/0.2 15/1/0.2)で精製し、化合物 16 (18.0 mg,収率 22%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (pyridin-3-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (54.7 mg, 0.172 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4.4 mL). Methyl-1_ (4_Burbenzoyl) piperazine (99 mg, 0.43 mmol), palladium acetate (3.1 mg, 0.014 mmol), tri (o_tolyl) phosphine (8.4 mg, 0.028 mmol) and Triethylamine (0.240 mL, 1.72 mmol) was added and stirred under reflux for 13 hours. Next, DMF (4.4 mL), palladium acetate (1.6 mg, 0.006 9 mmol), tri (ο_tolyl) phosphine (4.2 mg, 0.014 mmol) and triethylamine (0.240 mL, 1.72 mmol) were added. Stir for 5 hours. Purification by preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 8/1, then ethyl acetate / methanol / triethylamine = 30/1 / 0.2 15/1 / 0.2) gave Compound 16 (18.0 mg, yield 22% )
APCI-MS m/z: 466 [M— H]— APCI-MS m / z: 466 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.32 (br s, 4H), 3.42 (br s, 4H), 6.30 (s,  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.32 (br s, 4H), 3.42 (br s, 4H), 6.30 (s,
6  6
2H), 7.28-7.58 (m, 6H), 7.94 (m, 2H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.66—8.70 (m, 2H) , 11.13 (s, 1H).  2H), 7.28-7.58 (m, 6H), 7.94 (m, 2H), 8.11 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 8.66—8.70 (m, 2H), 11.13 (s, 1H).
実施例 17 Example 17
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4- (チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-{2-[4_(4-メチルピペラジン _1 -ィルカルボ二 ル)フエニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィ匕合物 17)  (E) -3-Amino-4- (thiophen-2-yl) -6- {2- [4_ (4-methylpiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bulle} phthalimide (compound 17)
工程 1 Process 1
3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (5 mL)に溶解 し、 2- (トリブチルスタニル)チォフェン(0.173 mL, 0.546 mmol)及びビス (トリフエニルホ スフイン)ジクロロパラジウム(15 mg, 0.022 mmol)を加え、アルゴン雰囲気下、還流下 で 12.5時間攪拌した。反応混合物に 10%フッ化アンモニム水溶液を加えて酢酸ェチ ルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒 を留去し、残渣をへキサンでスラリー精製した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口 ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 30/1)で精製し、 3-ァミノ- 4- (チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-ブロモフ タルイミド(77 mg,収率 87%)を得た。 3-Amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) is dissolved in THF (5 mL) and 2- (tributylstannyl) thiophene (0.173 mL, 0.546 mmol) and bis (triphenylphosphine) are dissolved. Dichloropalladium (15 mg, 0.022 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 12.5 hours under reflux in an argon atmosphere. A 10% aqueous ammonium fluoride solution was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvent under reduced pressure The residue was purified by slurry with hexane and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (chloroform / acetonitrile = 30/1) to give 3-amino-4- (thiophen-2-yl). -6-Bromophthalimide (77 mg, yield 87%) was obtained.
APCI-MS m/z: 321 [M_H]— APCI-MS m / z: 321 [M_H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 6.31 (s, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J = 3.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd,  'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 6.31 (s, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J = 3.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd,
6  6
J = 1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 11.26 (s, 1H). 工程 2  J = 1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 11.26 (s, 1H).
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4- (チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(4 4.7 mg, 0.138 mmol)をァセトニトリル(3.6 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1_(4_ビュルベン ゾィル)ピぺラジン(79.0 mg, 0.352 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.5 mg, 0.011 mmol)、トリ (0-トリル)ホスフィン(6.7 mg, 0.022 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.192 mL, 1.38 mmol )で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1)で精製 し、化合物 17 (47.6 mg,収率 73%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (thiophen-2-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (4 4.7 mg, 0.138 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3.6 mL) and 4-methyl -1_ (4_Burben zoyl) piperazine (79.0 mg, 0.352 mmol), palladium acetate (2.5 mg, 0.011 mmol), tri (0-tolyl) phosphine (6.7 mg, 0.022 mmol) and triethylamine (0.192 mL, 1.38 After treatment with mmol), the product was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 12/1) to obtain Compound 17 (47.6 mg, yield 73%).
ESI-MS m/z: 473 [M+H]+ ESI-MS m / z: 473 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.34 (s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30 (br s, 4H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 6.34 (s,
6  6
2H), 7.26 (dd, J = 3.6, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42—7.48 (m, 2H), 7. 59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (dd, J = 1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J= 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1H).  2H), 7.26 (dd, J = 3.6, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42—7.48 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H ), 7.76 (dd, J = 1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1H).
実施例 18 Example 18
(E)-3-ァミノ- 4- (フラン- 2-ィル) -6-{2-[4_(4 -メチルビペラジン _1 -ィルカルボニル)フ ヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(化合物 18) (E) -3-Amino-4- (furan-2-yl) -6- {2- [4_ (4-methylbiperazine_1-ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (compound 18)
工程 1 Process 1
実施例 17の工程 1に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-ョード _6_ブロモフタルイミド(100 mg, 0.273 mmol)を THF (5 mL)に溶解し、 2- (トリブチルスタニル)フラン(0.129 mL, 0.410 mmol )及びビス (トリフエニルホスフィン)ジクロロパラジウム(15 mg, 0.022 mmol)で処理した 後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/ァセトニトリル = 50/1— 40/1)で精製し 、 3-ァミノ- 4- (フラン- 2-ィル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(44 mg,収率 52%)を得た。  According to Step 1 of Example 17, 3-amino-4-iodo_6_bromophthalimide (100 mg, 0.273 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and 2- (tributylstannyl) furan (0.129 mL, 0.410 mmol) and bis (triphenylphosphine) dichloropalladium (15 mg, 0.022 mmol), followed by purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / acetonitrile = 50 / 1—40 / 1), 3 -Amino-4- (furan-2-yl) -6-bromophthalimide (44 mg, yield 52%) was obtained.
APCI-MS m/z: 305 [M— H]— Ή-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 6.56 (s, 2H), 6.73 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7APCI-MS m / z: 305 [M— H] — Ή-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 6.56 (s, 2H), 6.73 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7
.89 (br s, 2H), 11.27 (s, 1H). .89 (br s, 2H), 11.27 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4- (フラン _2_ィル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(33.2 mg, 0.108 mmol)をァセトニトリル(5.4 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1- (4-ビュルべンゾィ ノレ)ピぺラジン(62.0 mg, 0.270 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(3.6 mg, 0.016 mmol)、トリ (o_ トリル)ホスフィン(9.9 mg, 0.032 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.302 mL, 2.16 mmol)で 処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1)で精製し、 化合物 18 (26.7 mg,収率 54%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (furan_2_yl) -6-bromophthalimide (33.2 mg, 0.108 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5.4 mL) to give 4-methyl-1 -(4-Burbenzo Nore) piperazine (62.0 mg, 0.270 mmol), palladium acetate (3.6 mg, 0.016 mmol), tri (o_tolyl) phosphine (9.9 mg, 0.032 mmol) and triethylamine (0.302 mL, 2.16 After treatment with mmol), purification was performed by preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 12/1) to obtain Compound 18 (26.7 mg, yield 54%).
融点: 185-188。C Melting point: 185-188. C
ESI- MS m/z: 457 [M+H]+ ESI- MS m / z: 457 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.46 (br s, 4H), 6.60 (s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.31 (br s, 4H), 3.46 (br s, 4H), 6.60 (s,
2H), 6.74 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.48 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8. 08 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H). 2H), 6.74 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.48 (d, J = 16.5 Hz , 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8. 08 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H).
実施例 19 Example 19
3-ァミノ- 4-[(E)_2 -(メトキシカルボニル)ビュル]- 6_{(E)-2-[4_(4-メチルビペラジン- 1_ ィルカルボニル)フヱニル]ビュル }フタルイミド(ィヒ合物 19) 3-Amino-4-[(E) _2- (methoxycarbonyl) bulu] -6 _ {(E) -2- [4_ (4-methylbiperazine-1_ylcarbonyl) phenyl] bule} phthalimide (Eich compound 19)
工程 1 Process 1
3-ァミノ- 4-ョード -6-ブロモフタルイミド(500 mg, 1.36 mmol)をァセトニトリル(25 mL )に溶解し、アクリル酸メチル(0.245 mL, 2.72 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(24 mg, 0.11 m mol)及びトリェチルァミン(1.90 mL, 13.6 mmol)を加え、アルゴン雰囲気下、還流下 で 5時間攪拌した。アクリル酸メチル(0.122 mL, 1.36 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(24 mg, 0.11 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(1.90 mL, 13.6 mmol)を追加し、さらに 142時間攪拌 した。アクリル酸メチル(0.245 mL, 2.72 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(24 mg, 0.11 mmol) 及びトリェチルァミン(0.95 mL, 6.8 mmol)を追カロし、さらに 20時間攪拌した。反応混 合物に水を加えて酢酸ェチルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、硫酸ナトリ ゥムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、残渣をクロ口ホルムでスラリー精製し、 3-ァミノ -4-(2-メトキシカルボ二ルビニル) -6-ブロモフタルイミド(313 mg,収率 71%)を得た。 APCI-MS m/z: 323 [M— H]— 3-amino-4-iodo-6-bromophthalimide (500 mg, 1.36 mmol) dissolved in acetonitrile (25 mL), methyl acrylate (0.245 mL, 2.72 mmol), palladium acetate (24 mg, 0.11 mmol) And triethylamine (1.90 mL, 13.6 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours under reflux in an argon atmosphere. Methyl acrylate (0.122 mL, 1.36 mmol), palladium acetate (24 mg, 0.11 mmol) and triethylamine (1.90 mL, 13.6 mmol) were added, and the mixture was further stirred for 142 hours. Methyl acrylate (0.245 mL, 2.72 mmol), palladium acetate (24 mg, 0.11 mmol) and triethylamine (0.95 mL, 6.8 mmol) were added and stirred for another 20 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by slurry using black mouth form. -4- (2-methoxycarbonylvinyl) -6-bromophthalimide (313 mg, 71% yield) was obtained. APCI-MS m / z: 323 [M— H] —
'H-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ ( pm): 3.73 (s, 3H), 6.71 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 'H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (pm): 3.73 (s, 3H), 6.71 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 2H),
7.86 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H). 7.86 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H).
工程 2 Process 2
実施例 1の工程 4に準じて、 3-ァミノ- 4-(2-メトキシカルボ二ルビ二ル)- 6-ブロモフタ ノレイミド(50.0 mg, 0.154 mmol)をァセトニトリル(4 mL)に溶解し、 4-メチル -1- (4-ビニ ルベンゾィル)ピぺラジン(89.0 mg, 0.385 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.8 mg, 0.012 mm ol)、トリ (o-トリル)ホスフィン(7.5 mg, 0.025 mmol)及びトリェチルァミン(0.215 mL, 1.5 4 mmol)で処理した後、分取薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 12/1、 次いで酢酸ェチル /メタノール/トリェチルァミン =30/1/0.2)で精製し、化合物 19 (26. 3 mg,収率 36%)を得た。  According to Step 4 of Example 1, 3-amino-4- (2-methoxycarbonylvinyl) -6-bromophthalanolimide (50.0 mg, 0.154 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4 mL). Methyl-1- (4-vinylbenzoyl) piperazine (89.0 mg, 0.385 mmol), palladium acetate (2.8 mg, 0.012 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (7.5 mg, 0.025 mmol) and triethylamine (0.215 mL, 1.5 4 mmol), and purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (chloroform / methanol = 12/1, then ethyl acetate / methanol / triethylamine = 30/1 / 0.2) to give compound 19 (26 3 mg, yield 36%).
ESI-MS m/z: 475 [M+H]+ ESI-MS m / z: 475 [M + H] +
JH-NMR (DMSO-d ) δ (ppm): 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.33 (br s, 4H), 3.49 (br s, 4H), 3.77 (s, J H-NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.33 (br s, 4H), 3.49 (br s, 4H), 3.77 (s,
3H), 6.88 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 8 .2 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 16.6 H z, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H). 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.59 ( d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 16.6 H z, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H).
産業上の利用可能性 Industrial applicability
本発明により、抗腫瘍活性等を有する含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩等が提供される。  The present invention provides a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having antitumor activity or the like or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
式 (I) Formula (I)
[化 10] [Chemical 10]
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
{式中、 Xは _C(=0)_または- CHR4- (式中、 R4は水素原子、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非 置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルまたは置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルコキシを表す)を表し、 {In the formula, X _C (= 0) _ or - CHR 4 - (wherein, R 4 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or substituted or non-replacement Represents lower alkoxy of
R1は、 R 1 is
[化 11]
Figure imgf000059_0002
[Chemical 11]
Figure imgf000059_0002
(式中、 Ar1は置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香 族複素環基を表す)を表し、 (Wherein Ar 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group),
R2は、ハロゲン、ニトロ、ヒドロキシ、シァ入カルボキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニ ル(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリールで 2位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置 換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環基で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除 く)、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル 、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アル キルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、 置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、置換もし くは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 -OR5 [式中、 R5は置 換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしく は非置換の低級アルケニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非 置換のァラルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールス ルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 - C〇NR6aR6b (式中、 R6a及び R6bは同一または異なって水素原子、置換もしくは非置換 の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級 アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、置 換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基または置換もしくは非 置換のへテロアロイルを表す力、、または R6a及び R6bが隣接する窒素原子と一緒になつ て置換もしくは非置換の複素環基を形成する)または- SO NR7aR7b (式中、 R7a及び R7b はそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表す]、- CONR8aR8b (式中、 R8a及び R8bは それぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)、 _NR9aR9b [式中、 R9a及び R9bは同一または異 なって水素原子、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロ アルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アル キルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラルキル、 置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、置換もし くは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイルまたは- CONR1QaR1Qb ( 式中、 R1Qa及び R1Qbはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表す]または- SO NRUa R 2 represents halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (provided that substituted or unsubstituted aryl is 2 Except for lower alkenyl substituted at the position and lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl Alkanoyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, Lay aroyl, during -OR 5 [wherein, R 5 is substitution or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted Is an unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted Arirusu Ruhoniru, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted to the Teroaroiru, - C_〇_NR 6a R 6b (wherein, R 6a and R 6b are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted lower Alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group or substituted Or a force representing unsubstituted heteroaroyl, or R 6a and R 6b Together with the adjacent nitrogen atom form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group) or —SO NR 7a R 7b (wherein R 7a and R 7b are as defined above for R 6a and R 6b , respectively) ) -CONR 8a R 8b (wherein R 8a and R 8b have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively), _NR 9a R 9b [wherein R 9a and R 9b are the same or different A hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted Aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl or -CONR 1Qa R 1Qb (where R 1Qa and R 1Qb Each represents the same as R 6a and R 6b )] or —SO NR Ua
Rllb (式中、 Rlla及び Rllbはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)を表し、 R llb (wherein R lla and R llb have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively),
R3は、水素原子、ハロゲン、ニトロ、ヒドロキシ、シァ入カルボキシ、置換もしくは非置 換の低級アルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換の低 級ァルケニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル、置換もしくは非置換の低級ァ ルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルコキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の 低級アルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換のァラ ルキル、置換もしくは非置換のァロイル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールスルホニル、 置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、置換もしくは非置換のへテロアロイル、 -OR12 (式中 、 R12は前記 R5と同義である)、 _CONR13aR13b (式中、 R13a及び R13bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及 び R6bと同義である)、 -NR14aR14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記 R9a及び R9bと同義 である)または- SO NR15aR15b (式中、 R15a及び R15bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義で ある)を表す }で表される含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy-substituted, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl. Substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl Substituted or unsubstituted arylolsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaroyl, -OR 12 (wherein R 12 has the same meaning as R 5 above), _CONR 13a R 13b (Wherein R 13a and R 13b have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively), -NR 14a R 14b (where R 14a and R 14b are synonymous with R 9a and R 9b , respectively. Or -SO NR 15a R 15b (wherein R 15a and R 15b have the same meanings as R 6a and R 6b , respectively)} or a pharmacologically Acceptable salt.
[2] Ar1が- CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記 R6a及び R6bと同義である)で置 換されたァリールまたは- CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記と同義であ る)で置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である請求項 1記載の含窒素複素環化合 物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 [2] Ar 1 is - CONR 16a R 16b (wherein, R 16a and R 16b are the same meanings as defined above, respectively R 6a and R 6b) in replacement has been Ariru or - CONR 16a R 16b (wherein, R The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein 16a and R 16b are each a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with the same meaning as described above.
[3] Ar1が _CONR16aR16b (式中、 R16a及び R16bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)で置換された ァリールである請求項 1記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容され る塩。 [3] The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or pharmacologically thereof according to claim 1, wherein Ar 1 is a aryl substituted with _CONR 16a R 16b (wherein R 16a and R 16b are each as defined above). Acceptable salt.
[4] Ar1が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキルで置換されたァリールまたは置換もしくは 非置換の低級アルキルで置換された単環性芳香族複素環基である請求項 1記載の 含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 [4] The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to claim 1, wherein Ar 1 is an aryl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl. Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[5] R2が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリールで 2 位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環基 で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除く)、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキニル、 置換もしくは非置換の低級アルカノィル、置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換 もしくは非置換の複素環基である請求項 1〜4のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化 合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 [5] R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (however, the lower alkenyl substituted at the 2-position with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl and the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group substituted at the 2-position 5), substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The described nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
[6] R2が置換もしくは非置換の低級アルケニル(但し、置換もしくは非置換のァリールで 2 位が置換された低級アルケニル及び置換もしくは非置換の単環性芳香族複素環基 で 2位が置換された低級アルケニルを除く)または置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキ ニルである請求項 1〜4のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理 学的に許容される塩。 [6] R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkenyl (provided that the 2-position is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted monoalkenyl aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkenyl substituted with the 2-position) The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkynyl.
[7] R2が置換もしくは非置換のァリールまたは置換もしくは非置換の複素環基である請求 項 1〜4のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容され る塩。 [7] a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable Ru salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 4 R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted Ariru or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
[8] R3が水素原子、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換の低級アルキル、置換もし くは非置換のァリール、置換もしくは非置換の複素環基、 -〇R12 (式中、 R12は前記と同 義である)または- NR14aR14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)である 請求項 1〜7のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容 される塩。 [8] R 3 is a hydrogen atom, halogen, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -〇R 12 (where R 12 is Same as above The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacological thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein -NR 14a R 14b (wherein R 14a and R 14b are each as defined above) Acceptable salt.
R3が- NR14aR14b (式中、 R14a及び R14bはそれぞれ前記と同義である)である請求項:!〜 7 のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically thereof according to any one of claims 7 to 7, wherein R 3 is -NR 14a R 14b (wherein R 14a and R 14b have the same meanings as defined above), Acceptable salt.
R3がァミノである請求項 1〜7のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその 薬理学的に許容される塩。 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 7 R 3 is Amino.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有する医薬。 A pharmaceutical comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有するタンパク質キナーゼ阻害剤。 A protein kinase inhibitor comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有する繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター (FGFR)阻害 剤。 A fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) inhibitor comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有する抗腫瘍剤。 An antitumor agent comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有する造血器腫瘍治療剤。 A hematopoietic tumor therapeutic agent comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩を有効成分として含有する白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫治療剤。 A therapeutic agent for leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma comprising the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、タンパク質キナーゼの阻害方法。 請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター (FGF R)の阻害方法。 A method for inhibiting a protein kinase, comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Inhibition of fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGF R), comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10. Method.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、腫瘍の治療方法。 A method for treating a tumor, comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、造血器腫瘍の治療方法。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or a pharmacologically acceptable product thereof A method of treating a hematopoietic tumor comprising the step of administering an effective amount of a salt to be contained.
[21] 請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩の有効量を投与する工程を含む、白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫の治療 方法。  [21] A method for treating leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma, comprising a step of administering an effective amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10. .
[22] タンパク質キナーゼ阻害剤の製造のための、請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含 窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。  [22] Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10 for the production of a protein kinase inhibitor.
[23] 繊維芽細胞増殖因子レセプター (FGFR)阻害剤の製造のための、請求項:!〜 10の いずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用  [23] Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims: to 10 for the production of a fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) inhibitor
[24] 抗腫瘍剤の製造のための、請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複素環化合 物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [24] Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10 for the production of an antitumor agent.
[25] 造血器腫瘍治療剤の製造のための、請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに記載の含窒素複 素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [25] Use of the nitrogen-containing bicyclic compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10 for the manufacture of a hematopoietic tumor therapeutic agent.
[26] 白血病、骨髄腫またはリンパ腫治療剤の製造のための、請求項 1〜: 10のいずれかに 記載の含窒素複素環化合物またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の使用。 [26] Use of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10 for the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for leukemia, myeloma or lymphoma.
PCT/JP2006/311997 2005-06-15 2006-06-15 Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound WO2006134989A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005-174733 2005-06-15
JP2005174733 2005-06-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006134989A1 true WO2006134989A1 (en) 2006-12-21

Family

ID=37532343

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/311997 WO2006134989A1 (en) 2005-06-15 2006-06-15 Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2006134989A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010099138A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099139A2 (en) 2009-02-25 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination anti-cancer therapy
WO2010099363A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099364A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2012149014A1 (en) 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Use of emt gene signatures in cancer drug discovery, diagnostics, and treatment
WO2013152252A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Combination anti-cancer therapy

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2141063A1 (en) * 1971-08-17 1973-03-01 Agfa Gevaert Ag IMPROVED PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
WO2003033472A1 (en) * 2001-10-17 2003-04-24 Kirin Beer Kabushiki Kaisha Quinoline or quinazoline derivatives inhibiting auto- phosphorylation of fibroblast growth factor receptors
WO2004001059A2 (en) * 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic inhibitors of kinases
WO2004108672A1 (en) * 2003-06-02 2004-12-16 Abbott Laboratories Isoindolin-1-one compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2005021532A1 (en) * 2003-08-25 2005-03-10 Amgen Inc Substituted 2,3-dihydro-1h-isoindol-1-one derivatives and methods of use
WO2005095341A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2141063A1 (en) * 1971-08-17 1973-03-01 Agfa Gevaert Ag IMPROVED PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
WO2003033472A1 (en) * 2001-10-17 2003-04-24 Kirin Beer Kabushiki Kaisha Quinoline or quinazoline derivatives inhibiting auto- phosphorylation of fibroblast growth factor receptors
WO2004001059A2 (en) * 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic inhibitors of kinases
WO2004108672A1 (en) * 2003-06-02 2004-12-16 Abbott Laboratories Isoindolin-1-one compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2005021532A1 (en) * 2003-08-25 2005-03-10 Amgen Inc Substituted 2,3-dihydro-1h-isoindol-1-one derivatives and methods of use
WO2005095341A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AVIEZER D. ET AL.: "Porphyrin analogues as novel antagonists of fibroblast growth factor and vascular endothelial growth factor receptor binding that inhibit endothelial cell proliferation tumor progression and metastasis", CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 60, 2000, pages 2973 - 2980, XP003004990 *
RUPERT K.C.: "Suzuki couplings with phthalimidines - an efficient route to staurosporinone analogs", HETEROCYCLES, vol. 45, no. 11, 1997, pages 2217 - 2221, XP008074809 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010099139A2 (en) 2009-02-25 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination anti-cancer therapy
WO2010099138A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099363A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099364A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2012149014A1 (en) 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Use of emt gene signatures in cancer drug discovery, diagnostics, and treatment
WO2013152252A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Combination anti-cancer therapy

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114269735B (en) Dihydro-or tetrahydroquinazoline compound, intermediate thereof, preparation method and application
EP2699564B1 (en) Substituted pyrimidinyl-pyrroles active as kinase inhibitors
ES2426482T3 (en) IGF-1R inhibitor
KR101730791B1 (en) 3-1-3-5-1---4--2---6--16---3-- novel polymorphic forms of -1-3-5-1-methyl-piperidin-ylmethoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl-6-oxo-16-dihydro-pyridazin-3-yl-benzonitrile hydrochloride salt and processes of manufacturing thereof
EP3677583A1 (en) Nitrogenous heterocyclic compound, preparation method, intermediate, composition, and application
EP2528920A2 (en) Bicyclic heteroaryl derivatives having inhibitory activity for protein kinase
WO2017162007A1 (en) Aromatic amide derivative and preparation method and medicinal application thereof
JP2010514820A (en) Novel 2,4-dianilinopyrimidines, their preparation as drugs, pharmaceutical compositions and their use as essentially IKK inhibitors
WO2018010514A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound used as fgfr inhibitor
JPWO2005095341A1 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds
WO2006134989A1 (en) Nitrogenated heterocyclic compound
JPWO2005094823A1 (en) Flt-3 inhibitor
KR20200013718A (en) Heteroaromatic Compounds as Banin Inhibitors
JP2021501215A (en) Amino-substituted nitrogen-containing condensed ring compound, its preparation method and use
JP2018135268A (en) Novel heteroaryl amino-3-pyrazole derivative and pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof
CN108299420B (en) Pentacyclic compounds as selective estrogen receptor down-regulators and uses thereof
CN110229171B (en) Oxazinoquinazoline and oxazinoquinoline compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2019223777A1 (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine compound containing arylamine substitution, preparation method and application thereof
CN111825719A (en) Arylamine-substituted pyrrolopyrimidine compound, and preparation method and application thereof
CN113087671B (en) Cyano-substituted pyridine and cyano-substituted pyrimidine compounds, and preparation methods and applications thereof
WO2022063229A1 (en) Salt of arylaminoquinazoline-containing compound, and preparation method therefor and use thereof
CN110229172B (en) Acyl-substituted oxazine quinazoline compound, preparation method and application thereof
CN113072550B (en) High-selectivity fibroblast growth factor receptor inhibitor and application thereof
CN110283160B (en) PDGFR kinase inhibitor
CN115894486B (en) Hydrogenated pyridoquinazoline compound, composition and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06757345

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1